· 8 years ago · Dec 02, 2017, 04:20 AM
11. Conceptual Schema is the first schema to be designed when you are developing a DBMS
2
32.
4Consider the following recursive C function.
5Void get (int n)
6{if (n<1) return;
7get (n-1)
8get (n-3) ;
9printf ("%d",n);
10If get(6) function is being called in main () then how many times will the get() function be invoked before returning to the main ( ) ?
11Answer - 25
123.Router (probably) operate at the network layer, connecting two or more network segments that use the same or different data link layer protocols, but the same network layer protocol.
13
14
154.
16Which of the following is shared between all of the threads in a process? Assume a kernel level thread implementation.
17
18File Descriptors
19- code
20- data
21- heap memory and memory address
22- memory management information (base/relocation & limit registers, page tables
23- process state (new, ready, running, waiting, halted, etc)
24- I/O status information (opened file descriptors, etc)
25- signals
26- environment variables
27Are all shared between threads.
28
295.
30The truth table
31X Y f(X,Y)
320 0 0
330 1 0
341 0 1
351 1 1
36represents the Boolean function
37Answer - f(x,y) = x
38
396.The Hub/Switch is generally used to group hosts based on the physical network topology.
40
41
42
437.
44#include
45int main ()
46{
47static int a[]={10, 20, 30 40, 50};
48static int *p[]= {a, a+3, a+4, a+1, a+2};
49int **ptr=p;
50ptr++;
51printf ("%d%d", ptr p, **ptr);
52}
53The output of the program is __________.
54
55Assuming “printf ("%d%d", ptr p, **ptr);†is actually just “ptr†instead of “ptr p†(incorrect syntax),Answer – Memory location of the a+3 memory location and 40.
56
57
588.
59Which of the following is not true of virtual memory?
60
61No Options
62
63
649.
65General Purpose Software which creates and manipulates database isMySQL (DBMS)
66
6710.
68The addressing mode used in an instruction of the form ADD R1, R2 isDirect.
69
70
7111.
72Routeroperate at the network layer, connecting two or more network segments that use the same or different data link layer protocols, but the same network layer protocol.
73
74
7512.
76The load instruction is mostly used to designate a transfer from memory to a
77processor register known asAccumulator.
78
79
8013.
81With a single resource, deadlock occurs
82
83Vague
8414.
85System catalogue is a system created database that describes
86
87A system catalog is a group of tables and views that incorporate vital details regarding a database. Table metadata, basically.
88
89
9015.
91What will be the output of the following C program?
92void count(int n){
93static int d=1;
94printf("%d ", n);
95printf("%d ", d);
96d++;
97if(n>1) count(n-1);
98printf("%d ", d);
99}
100void main(){
101count(3);
102}
103
104Answer -3 1 2 2 1 3 4 4 4
10516.
106Consider the following program:
107int f(int *p, int n)
108{
109if (n <= 1) return 0;
110else return max ( f (p+1, n-1),p[0]-p[1]);
111}
112int main()
113{
114int a[] = {3,5,2,6,4};
115printf("%d", f(a,5));
116}
117The value printed by this program is
118
119Answer - 3 (max difference between adjacent pairs)
120
121
12217.
123Which of the following is an advantage of using database systems?
124
125No Options
126
127
128
12918.
130User Datagram Protocol adds no additional reliability mechanisms except one which is optional. Identify that.
131
132Answer -Checksum.
133
134
13519.
136Simplified form of the boolean expression (X + Y + XY) (X + Z) isX+YZ
137
138
13920.
140Mutual exclusion problem occurs betweenProcesses that access shared memory.
141
14221.
143What schema defines how and where the data are organized in a physical storage?
144
145Physical Schema
146
147
14822.
149Which of the following logic expression is incorrect?
150
151No Options
152
15323.
154For the IEEE 802.11 MAC protocol for wireless communication, which of the following statements is/are TRUE ?
155I. At least three non-overlapping channels are available for transmissions.
156II. The RTS-CTS mechanism is used for collision detection.
157III.Unicast frames are ACKed.
158
159I and III are correct.
160
161
16224.
163To prevent any method from overriding, the method has to declared as,final
16425.
165Use of Interrupts/Preemption (if answer is abstract and not very specific) allows for some processes to be waiting on I/O while another process executes.
16626.
167The truth table
168X Y f(X,Y)
1690 0 0
1700 1 0
1711 0 1
1721 1 1
173represents the Boolean functionf(x,y) = x
174
17527.
176The E-R model was first introduced byPeter Chen
177
178
17928.
180Consider the following C program.
181#include
182int f1 (void) ;
183int f 2 void ;
184int x 10;
185int main ()
186{
187int x=1;
188x+=f1()+ f2()+f3()+f2() ;
189printf("%d", x);
190return 0;
191}
192int f1(){int x=25; x++; return x;}
193int f2(){static int x =50; x++;return x;}
194int f3(){x*=10; return x};
195The output of the program is230.
196
19729.
198Real Time OS pays more attention on the meeting of the time limits.
199
20030.
201The protocol data unit (PDU) for the application layer in the Internet stack isMessage
20231.An Internet Service Provider (ISP) has the following chunk of CIDR-based IP addresses available with it: 245.248.128.0/20. The ISP wants to give half of this chunk of addresses to Organization A, and a quarter to Organization B, while retaining the remaining with itself. Which of the following is a valid allocation of address to A and B?
203
204(A) 245.248.136.0/21 and 245.248.128.0/22
205(found online)
206
20732.
208The performance of cache memory is frequently measured in terms of a quantity calledhit ratio.
209
21033.
211Using 10's complement 72532- 3250 is69282
212
21334.
214The father of relational database system is Edgar Frank “Ted†Codd
215
21635.
217Consider the function func shown below:
218intfunc(intnum) {
219int count = 0;
220while (num) {
221count++;
222num>>= 1;
223}
224return (count);
225}
226The value returned by func(435)is9
227
228
22936.
230The 16-bit 2’s complement representation of an integer is 1111 1111 1111 0101, its decimal representation is-11
231
232
23337.
234What is the RDBMS terminology for a row Tuple.
235
236
23738.
238Consider the following C program segment.
239#include
240intmain()
241{char sl [7]="1234",*p;
242p=sl+2;
243*p='0';
244printf ("%s",sl)
245{
246What will be printed by the program?
247
248Answer - 1204
249
250
25139.
252Which of the following is/are example(s) of stateful application layer protocols?
253(i)HTTP
254(ii)FTP
255(iii)TCP
256(iv)POP3
257
258II and IV
259
260
26140.
262What is the software that runs a computer, including scheduling tasks, managing storage, and handling communication with peripherals?
263
264Operating Systems
265
266
26741. The relationship that exists within the same entity type is called asRecursive relationship.
268
269
27042.
271Which of the following is not usually stored in a two-level page table?
272
273No Options/Vague
274
27543.
276Consider the following recursive C function.
277Void get (int n)
278{if (n<1) return;
279get (n-1)
280get (n-3) ;
281printf ("%d",n);
282If get(6) function is being called in main () then how many times will the get() function be invoked before returning to the main ( ) ?
283Answer - 24
28444.
285TCP manages a point-to-point and _______ connection for an application between two computers
286No idea/Vague
287
28845.
289A circuit that converts n inputs to 2^n outputs is called
290Answer - Decoder
291
29246.
293Normalisation of database is used toRemove anomalies by removing duplicate data.
294
295
29647.
297The purpose of a TLB isUsed in cache for faster lookup
298
299
30048.
301Decoder is a circuit that changes a code into a set of signals. It is called a decoder because it does the reverse of encoding.
302
303
30449.
305#include
306int main ()
307{
308static int a[]={10, 20, 30 40, 50};
309static int *p[]= {a, a+3, a+4, a+1, a+2};
310int **ptr=p;
311ptr++;
312printf ("%d%d", ptr p, **ptr);
313}
314The output of the program is
315
316Assuming “printf ("%d%d", ptr p, **ptr);†is actually just “ptr†instead of “ptr p†(incorrect syntax), Answer is – Memory location of the a+3 memory location and 40..
317
31850.
319What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned to hosts on a local subnet that uses the 255.255.255.224 subnet mask?
320Answer - 30 hosts in each subnet.
321
322
323 Slot 2 – 51 -100
324
325
326[55,72,79,100] donnow MCQs
327
32851.
329To build a mod-19 counter the number of flip-flops required is
330A) Remember with 'n' no. of flip-flop you
331can get upto max. modulo-[2^n] counter.
332Therefore for modulo-19 counter
3332^5 = 32 which is greater than 19 and
3342^4 = 16 which is less than 19
335Hence we require 5 F/F.
33652.
337What is the RDBMS terminology for a set of legal values that an attribute can have ?
338A)Domain
33953.
340System calls:
341A) System calls can be roughly grouped into five major categories:
3421. Process Control
343• load
344• execute
345• end, abort
346• create process (for example, fork on Unix-like systems, or NtCreateProcess in the Windows NT Native API)
347• terminate process
348• get/set process attributes
349• wait for time, wait event, signal event
350• allocate, free memory
3512. File management
352• create file, delete file
353• open, close
354• read, write, reposition
355• get/set file attributes
3563. Device Management
357• request device, release device
358• read, write, reposition
359• get/set device attributes
360• logically attach or detach devices
3614. Information Maintenance
362• get/set time or date
363• get/set system data
364• get/set process, file, or device attributes
3655. Communication
366• create, delete communication connection
367• send, receive messages
368• transfer status information
369• attach or detach remote devices
370
37154)Consider the following program in C language:
372
373#include
374main()
375{
376int i;
377int *pi = &i;
378scanf(?%d?,pi);
379printf(?%d\n?, i+5);
380}
381
382Which one of the following statements is TRUE?
383(A) Compilation_fails.
384(B) Execution results in a run-time error.
385(C) On execution, the value printed is 5 more than the address of variable i.
386(D) On execution, the value printed is 5 more than the integer value entered.
387
388Answer: (D)
389
390Explanation: There is no problem in the program as pi points to a valid location.
391Also, in scanf() we pass address of a variable and pi is an address.
392
39355.
394The _____ is generally used to group hosts based on the physical network topology.
395A)Ethernet/Physical Topology
39656.
397What is the main difference between traps and interrupts?
398A trap is an exception in a user process. It's caused by division by zero or invalid memory access. It's also the usual way to invoke a kernel routine (a system call) because those run with a higher priority than user code. Handling is synchronous (so the user code is suspended and continues afterwards). In a sense they are "active" - most of the time, the code expects the trap to happen and relies on this fact.
399A trap is an exception that is reported immediately following the execution of the trapping instruction. Traps allow execution of a program or task to be continued without loss of program continuity. The return address for the trap handler points to the instruction to be executed after the trapping instruction.
400
401
402An interrupt is something generated by the hardware (devices like the hard disk, graphics card, I/O ports, etc). These are asynchronous (i.e. they don't happen at predictable places in the user code) or "passive" since the interrupt handler has to wait for them to happen eventually.
403Interrupts occur at random times during the execution of a program, in response to signals from hardware. System hardware uses interrupts to handle events external to the processor, such as requests to service peripheral devices. Software can also generate interrupts by executing the INT n instruction.
404
405
40657.
407Consider the following C program.
408#include
409int f1 (void) ;
410int f 2 void ;
411int x 10;
412int main ()
413{
414int x=1;
415x+=f1()+ f2()+f3()+f2() ;
416printf("%d", x);
417return 0;
418}
419int f1(){int x=25; x++; return x;}
420int f2(){static int x =50; x++;return x;}
421int f3(){x*=10; return x};
422The output of the program is_________.
423ANS)
424
425
42658.
427The smallest integer than can be represented by an 8-bit number in 2?s complement form is
428(A) -256
429(B) -128
430(C) -127
431(D) 0
432
433
434Answer: (B)
435
436Explanation: See Two’s complement
437For n bit 2’s complement numbers, range of number is -(2(n-1)) to +(2(n-1)-1)
438
43959.
440ATM uses a ____ packet size
441A)
44253 octets
443ATM transfers information in fixed-size units called cells. Each cell consists of 53 octets, or bytes. The first 5 bytes contain cell-header information, and the remaining 48 contain the payload (user information).
444
44560.
446Which of the following concurrency control mechanisms insist unlocking of all read and write locks of transactions at the end of commit?
447A)____________
44861.
449What is the RDBMS technology for the number of attributes in a relation?
450
451A)Degree
45262.
453Class D in network is used for
454A)
455
456Class D has its highest bit order set to 1-1-1-0 it is used to support multicasting.
457
458
459
46063.
4611024 bit is equal to how many byte
462
463=128 BYTES
464
46564.
466Consider the following C code segment:
467int a, b, c = 0;
468void prtFun(void);
469main( )
470{ static int a = 1; /* Line 1 */
471prtFun( );
472a + = 1;
473prtFun( )
474printf(?\n %d %d ?, a, b);
475}
476void prtFun(void)
477{
478static int a=2; /* Line 2 */
479int b=1;
480a+=++b;
481printf(?\n %d %d ?, a, b);
482
483}
484
485What output will be generated by the given code segment if:
486Line 1 is replaced by auto int a = 1;
487Line 2 is replaced by register int a = 2;
488
489A)
490error: two or more data types in declaration of ‘a’
491auto int a = 1;
492-----------------------------IF no static/auto and register
493
494 4 2
495 4 2
496 2 0
497
498-----------------------------similar gate ques.......................
499int a, b, c = 0;
500void prtFun(void);
501main( )
502{ static int a = 1; /* Line 1 */
503prtFun( );
504a + = 1;
505prtFun( )
506printf(?\n %d %d ?, a, b);
507}
508void prtFun(void)
509{
510static int a=2; /* Line 2 */
511int b=1;
512a+=++b;
513printf(?\n %d %d ?, a, b);
514
515}
516What output will be generated by the given code segment?
517(A)
5183 1
5194 1
5204 2
521(B)
5224 2
5236 1
5246 1
525(C)
5264 2
5276 2
5282 0
529(D)
5303 1
5315 2
5325 2
533
534Answer: (C)
535
53665.
537Buffering is useful because
538a data buffer (or just buffer) is a region of a physical memory storage used to temporarily store data while it is being moved from one place to another. Typically, the data is stored in a buffer as it is retrieved from an input device (such as a microphone) or just before it is sent to an output device (such as speakers). However, a buffer may be used when moving data between processes within a computer. This is comparable to buffers in telecommunication. A majority of buffers are implemented in software, which typically use the faster RAM to store temporary data, due to the much faster access time compared with hard disk drives. Buffers are typically used when there is a difference between the rate at which data is received and the rate at which it can be processed, or in the case that these rates are variable
53966.
540Adjacent squares in a K-Map represents a
541opportunities to simplify the expression
54267.
543Consider the following program:
544int f(int *p, int n)
545{
546if (n <= 1) return 0;
547else return max ( f (p+1, n-1),p[0]-p[1]);
548}
549int main()
550{
551int a[] = {3,5,2,6,4};
552printf("%d", f(a,5));
553}
554The value printed by this program is
555(A) 2
556(B) 3
557(C) 4
558(D) 5
559A)
560Note: max(x,y) returns the maximum of x and y. The value printed by this program is
561
562Answer: (B)
563
564Explanation:
565Look at the recursion stack of the given code in the below image. Assuming that the base address of array starts from 1000 and an integer takes 4 Bytes.
566
567
568
569
570After the last recursive call f(1016,1) returns, in the previous call we will have return max(0,2) and then return max(2,-4) and then return max(2,3) and then finally return max(3,-2) = 3.
571
572
57368.
574If two interrupts, one of higher priority and other of lower priority occur simultaneously, then the service provided is for
575A)
576Answer: b
577Explanation: If two interrupts, occur simultaneously, then the one with higher priority level and early polling sequence will receive service. The other one with lower priority may get lost there, as there is no mechanism for storing the interrupt requests.
57869.
579 ____________is the first schema to be designed when you are developing a DBMS
580The term "schema" refers to the organization of data as a blueprint of how the database is constructed (divided into database tables in the case of relational databases). The formal definition of a databaseschema is a set of formulas (sentences) called integrity constraints imposed on a database.[citation needed] These integrity constraints ensure compatibility between parts of the schema. All constraints are expressible in the same language. A database can be considered a structure in realization of the database language.[1] The states of a created conceptual schema are transformed into an explicit mapping, the database schema. This describes how real-world entities are modeled in the database.
581
582ANSWER) Conceptual Design
583
58470.
585Suppose that everyone in a group of N people wants to communicate secretly with N-1 others using symmetric key cryptographic system. The communication between any two persons should not be decodable by the others in the group. The number of keys required in the system as a whole to satisfy the confidentiality requirement is
586(A) 2N
587(B) N(N – 1)
588(C) N(N – 1)/2
589(D) (N – 1)2
590Answer: (C)
591
592Explanation: In Symmetric Key Cryptography, access of key is with both the parties. It implies every person needs to communicate N-1 other users using different keys i.e 1+2+3…N-2+N-1
593This is like number of edges needed in a complete graph with N vertices is N(N-1)/2.
594Answer is therefore C
595
59671.
597Minterms are arranged in map in a sequence of
598The minterms ('minimal terms') for the final expression are found by encircling groups of 1s in the map. Minterm groups must be rectangular and must have an area that is a power of two (i.e., 1, 2, 4, 8…). Minterm rectangles should be as large as possible without containing any 0s. Groups may overlap in order to make each one larger.
599
600The grid is toroidally connected, which means that rectangular groups can wrap across the edges .
60172.
602What will be the output of the following program?
603
604#include
605using namespace std;
606
607class x {
608public:
609int a;
610x();
611};
612x::x() { a=10; cout<
613class b:public x {
614public:
615b();
616};
617b::b() { a=20; cout<
618int main ()
619{
620b temp;
621return 0;
622}
623A)______________
62473.
625An optimal scheduling algorithm in terms of minimizing the average waiting time of a given set of processes is ________.
6261 FCFS scheduling algorithm
6272 Round robin scheduling algorithm
6283 Shorest job - first scheduling algorithm
6294 None of the above
630Ans ) 3
63174.
632In the IPv4 addressing format, the number of networks allowed under Class C addresses is
633
6342,097,152 (221)
63575.
636When a program tries to access a page that is mapped in address space but not loaded in physical memory, then
637a) segmentation fault occurs
638b) fatal error occurs
639c) page fault occurs
640d) no error occurs
641View Answer
642Answer:c
643Explanation:None.
644
64576.
646The servlet life cycle has the following cycle.
647
6481. Servlet class is loaded.
6492. Servlet instance is created.
6503. init method is invoked.
6514. service method is invoked.
6525. destroy method is invoked.
653
654
655
65677.
657
658SQl allows duplicates tuples in relations, and correspondingly defines the multiplicity of tuples in the result of joins. Which one of the following queries always gives the same answer as the nested query shown below:
659select * from R where a in (select S.a from S)
660(A) Select R.* from R, S where R.a=S.a
661(B) Select distinct R.* from R, S where R.a=S.a
662(C) Select R.* from R, (select distinct a from S) as S1 where R.a=S1.a
663(D) Select R.* from R, S where R.a = S.a and is unique R
664Multiplicity of duplicate tuples will be distributed when there is a match between R.a and S.a; and for that match, S.a's value is repeated in each cases except the third case.
665So, the correct answer is option (C).
666
66778.
668The main difference between JK and RS flip-flop is that
669The JK Flipflop is a variation or an improvement of the SR Flipflop.
670
671The disadvantage of the SR flip-flop is that both inputs shouldn't be HIGH when the clock is triggered. This is considered an invalid input condition, and the resulting output isn't predictable if this condition occurs.
672
673The main difference between a JK flip-flop and an SR flip-flop is that in the JK flip-flop, both inputs can be HIGH. When both the J and K inputs are HIGH, the Q output is toggled, which means that the output alternates between HIGH and LOW. Thereby the invalid condition which occurs in the SR flipflop is eliminated.----------------------------
674
675The functional difference between SR flip-flop and JK flip-flop is that
676[A]. JK flip-flop is faster than SR flip-flop
677[B]. JK flip-flop has a feed back path
678[C]. JK flip-flop accepts both inputs 1
679
680[D]. JK flip-flop does not require external clock
681[E]. None of the above
682Answer: Option C
683
684
68579.
686Which of the following unit will choose to transform decimal number to binary code ?
687A)________________
68880.
689The following function computes the maximum value contained in an integer array
690p[ ] of size n (n >= 1).
691int max(int *p, int n) {
692int a=0, b=n-1;
693while (__________) {
694if (p[a] <= p[b]) { a = a+1; }
695else { b = b-1; }
696}
697return p[a];
698}
699The missing loop condition is
700 (A) a != n
701(B) b != 0
702(C) b > (a + 1)
703(D) b != a
704
705
706Answer: (D)
707
708Explanation:
709#include<iostream>
710int max(int *p, int n)
711{
712 int a=0, b=n-1;
713 while (a!=b)
714 {
715 if (p[a] <= p[b])
716 {
717 a = a+1;
718 }
719 else
720 {
721 b = b-1;
722 }
723 }
724 return p[a];
725}
726
727int main()
728{
729 int arr[] = {10, 5, 1, 40, 30};
730 int n = sizeof(arr)/sizeof(arr[0]);
731 std::cout << max(arr, 5);
732}
733
734
73581.
736 ICMP is primarily used for
737a) error and diagnostic functions
738b) addressing
739c) forwarding
740d) none of the mentioned
741View Answer
742Answer: a
74382.
744Given the following schema:employees(emp-id, first-name, last-name, hire-date,dept-id, salary)departments(dept-id, dept-name, manager-id, location-id)
745You want to display the last names and hire dates of all latest hires in their respective departments in the location ID 1700. You issue the following query:SQL>SELECT last-name, hire-date
746FROM employees
747WHERE (dept-id, hire-date) IN
748(SELECT dept-id, MAX(hire-date)
749FROM employees JOIN departments USING(dept-id)
750WHERE location-id = 1700
751GROUP BY dept-id);
752What is the outcome?
753
754What is the outcome?
755A) It executes but does not give the correct result
756B) It executes and gives the correct result.
757C) It generates an error because of pairwise comparison.
758D) It generates an error because of the GROUP BY clause cannot be used with table joins in a sub-query.
759
760SELECT dept-id, MAX(hire-date)
761 FROM employees JOIN departments USING(dept-id)
762 WHERE location-id =1700
763 GROUP BY dept-id
764this inner query will give the max hire date of each department whose location_id =1700
765
766and outer query will give the last name and hire-date of all those employees who joined on max hire date.
767answer should come to (B) no errors
768And we can use group by and where together, who said we can not :(
769
770Example: create table departments(dept_id number, dept_name varchar2(25), location_id number);
771Query: select d1.dept_name,max(d1.location_id)
772from departments d1, departments d2
773where d1.dept_name = d2.dept_name
774and d1.dept_name='AA'
775group by d1.dept_name;
776will give output
777
77883.
779Which algorithm chooses the page that has not been used for the longest period of time whenever the page required to be replaced?
780a) first in first out algorithm
781b) additional reference bit algorithm
782c) least recently used algorithm
783d) counting based page replacement algorithm
784View Answer
785Answer:c
786
78784.
788Which of the following boolean expressions is not logically equivalent to all of the rest ?
789
790
791(a) wxy' + wz' + wxyz + wy'z
792(b) w(x + y' + z')
793(c) w + x + y' + z'
794(d) wx + wy' + wz'
795
796
797Is it choice c? If so how do I show that a is logically equivalent to b and d ?
798Re: Which one of following Boolean expressions is not logically equivalent to all of
799Yes, it's c. You can show that (a) = (b) as follows. Note that a + a'b = (a + a')(a + b) (by distributivity of disjunction over conjunction) = 1(a + b) = a + b. Of course, similarly a' + ab = a' + b. Using this trick and factoring out w, we get
800
801xy' + z' + xyz + y'z =
802xy' + xyz + z' + y' =
803xyz + z' + y' (since xy' + y' = (x + 1)y' = 1y' = y') =
804xy + z' + y' =
805x + z' + y'
806
807The fact that (b) = (d) is trivial. Nonequivalence of (c) is best verified by finding truth values where the expressions differ. Of course, equivalence can also be checked using truth tables.
808
80985.
810How many address bits are needed to select all memory locations in the 16K × 1 RAM?
811
812How many address bits are needed to select all memory locations in the 2118 16K × 1 RAM?
813[A]. 8
814[B]. 10
815[C]. 14
816
817[D]. 16
818Answer: Option C
819The size of the memory is N*M
820
821where N is the address lines and M is word length
822no of registers/memory location required is 2^N
823
824Given memory capacity is 16k
825thus 2^N=16K
8261K=1024 memory locations
827thus16k=16*1024=16384
828now 2^N=16384
829After factorising 16384 by 2 we ll get N AS 14
830SO ADDRESS LINE REGUIRED IS 14.
831
8322^4= 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 = 16.
8332^10= 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 = 1024.
8342 to the power of 4 = 16.
8352 to the power of 10 = 1024.
836So: add the two power 4 + 10 = 14.
837
83886.
839The embedded c program is converted by cross compiler to
840object file. This is a specially formatted binary file that contains the set of instructions and data resulting from the language translation process. Although parts of this file contain executable code, the object file cannot be executed directly.
841A compiler such as this—that runs on one computer platform and produces code for another—is called a cross-compiler.
842
84387.
844TCP manages a point-to-point and ______stateless/ reliable_ connection for an application between two computers
84588.
846The best index for exact match query is
847
84889.
849Assume a table Employee (Eno, Ename, Dept, Salary, Phone) with 10000 records.
850Also assume that Employee has a non-clustering index on Salary, clustering indexes on Dept and Phone. If there is a SQL query "SELECT Eno FROM Employee WHERE Salary/12 = 10000", which of the following will happen during query execution?
851Search/Selection?
85290.
853Which of the following statements is true ?
854...
85591.
856Which standard TCP port is assigned for contacting SSH servers?
857a) port 21
858b) port 22
859c) port 23
860d) port 24
861View Answer
862Answer:b
863Explanation: None.
864
865
86692.
867If the main memory is of 8K bytes and the cache memory is of 2K words. It uses associative mapping. Then each word of cache memory shall be_____.
868
86993.
870What is the output of the following program?
871
872#include
873using namespace std;
874int main()
875{
876int x=20;
877if(!(!x)&&x)
878cout<<x;
879 else
880{
881x=10;
882cout<<x;
883 return 0;
884}}</x;
885</x;
886
887Output)20
88894.
889Consider the following function written the C programming language.
890void foo (char * a ) {
891if (* a & & * a ! =' ' ){
892putchar (*a);
893}
894}
895}
896The output of the above function on input ?ABCD EFGH? Is
897(A) ABCD EFGH
898(B) ABCD
899(C) HGFE DCBA
900(D) DCBA
901
902
903Answer: (D)
904
905Explanation: The program prints all characters before ‘ ‘ or ‘\0’ (whichever comes first) in reverse order.
906
907Let’s assume that Base address of given Array is 1000. It can be represented as given below in the image
908
909Below is the complete Recursion Stack of the Given Code
910
911After calling foo(1004), recursion will return as character at 1004 is ‘ ’. foo(1004) will return to its caller which is foo(1003) and next line in foo(1003) will be executed which will print character at 1003 (‘D’). foo(1003) will then return to foo(1002) and character at 1002 (‘C’) will get printed and the process will continue till foo(1000).
912
913
91495.
915Consider the following schema as:
916Product_Master (prod_id, prod_name, rate)
917Purchase_details (prod_id, quantity, dept_no, purchase_date).
918Choose the suitable relational algebra expressionn for Get Product_id, Product_name & quantity for all purchased products.
919Q. Consider the structure as Product_Master = {prod_id, prod_name, rate} Purchase_details = {prod_id, quantity, dept_no,purchase_date} Write a relational algebra expression for the following: i) Get product_id, product_name and quantity for all purchased product ii) Get the products with rates between 100 and 4500. i) Πprod_id, prod_name, quantity (σ Product_Master.prod_id=Purchase_details.prod_id (Product_Master Purchase_details)) OR Πprod_id, prod_name, quantity (Product_Master Purchase_details) ii) Πprod_name,rates (σ rates>100 ^ rates < 4500 (Product_Master ))
920
92196.
922When an instruction is read from the memory, it is called
923 program instruction/instruction code
92497.
925Let the size of congestion window of a TCP connection be 32 KB when a timeout occurs. The round trip time of the connection is 100 msec and the maximum segment size used is 2 KB. The time taken (in msec) by the TCP connection to get back to 32 KB congestion window is
926
927ANS)1100 msec
92898.
929The minimum number of NAND gates required to implement the Boolean function. A + AB' + AB'C is equal to
930
931The minimum number of NAND gates required to implement the Boolean function A+AB¯+AB¯CA+AB¯+AB¯Cis equal to
932A. 0 (Zero)
933B. 1
934C. 4
935D. 7
936ZERO Because After simplifying You would get This
937
938A(1+B'+B'C) which is equal To A
939
940So No need For any NAND gate
94199.
942For a C program accessing X[i][j][k], the following intermediate code is generated by a compiler. Assume that the size of an integer is 32 bits and the size of a character is 8 bits.
943t0 = i * 1024
944t1 = j * 32
945t2 = k * 4
946t3 = t1 + t0
947t4 = t3 + t2
948t5 = X[t4]
949
950Which one of the following statements about the source code for the C program is CORRECT?
951(A) X is declared as “int X[32][32][8]â€.
952(B) X is declared as “int X[4][1024][32]â€.
953(C) X is declared as “char X[4][32][8]â€.
954(D) X is declared as “char X[32][16][2]â€.
955
956
957Answer: (A)
958
959Explanation: The final expression can be simplified in form ofi, j and k by following the intermediate code steps in reverse order
960t5 = X[t4]
961 = X[t3 + t2]
962 = X[t1 + t0 + t2]
963 = X[i*1024 + j*32 + k*4]
964 = X + i*1024 + j*32 + k*4
965Since k is multiplied by 4, the array must be an int array.
966We are left with 2 choices (A and B) among the 4 given choices.
967X[i][j][k]’th element in one dimensional array is equivalent to
968X[i*M*L + j*L + k]’th element in one dimensional array
969(Note that multi-dimensional arrays are stored in row major order in C).
970So we get following equations
971j*L*4 = j*32, we get L = 8 (4 is the sizeof(int))
972i*1024 = i*M*L*4, we get M = 1024/32 = 32
973Therefore option A is the only correct option as M and L are 32 and 8 respectively
974only in option A.
975
976
977100. Creating a B Tree index for your database has to specify in _____.
978_________________
979
980SLOT 3
981NAME: AISHWARYA
982Not answered: 109,115,130, 140
983
984
985
986101.
987 UDP has a smaller overhead then TCP, especially when the total size of the messages is
988Ans: UDP has a smaller overhead then TCP, especially when the total size
989of the messages is small.
990102.
991The 16 bit flag of 8086 microprocessor is responsible to indicate --------------
992Ans: the condition of result of ALU operation
993
994103.
995A solution to the Dining Philosopher?s problem which avoids Deadlock can be:
996Ans: ensure that one particular philosopher picks up the left fork before the right fork, and that all other philosophers pick up the right fork before the left fork
997
998104.
999The 16-bit 2?s complement representation of an integer is 1111 1111 1111 0101, its decimal representation is
1000Ans: -11
1001
1002105.
1003The OS of a computer may periodically collect all the free memory space to form contiguous block of free space. This is called
1004Ans: Garbage collection
1005
1006106.
1007Which of the following are used to generate a message digest by the network security protocols?
1008(P) RSA (Q) SHA-1 (R) DES (S) MD5
1009Ans:
1010• RSA – It is an algorithm used to encrypt and decrypt messages.
1011• SHA 1 – Secure Hash Algorithm 1, or SHA 1 is a cryptographic hash function. It produces a 160 bit (20 byte) hash value (message digest).
1012• DES – Data Encryption Standard, or DES is a symmetric key algorithm for encryption of electronic data.
1013• MD5 – Message Digest 5, or MD5 is a widely used cryptographic hash function that produces a 128 bit hash value (message digest).
1014â…¡ and â…£ i.e SHA 1 and MD5 are used to generate a message digest by the network security protocols.
1015
1016107.
1017public class MyRunnable implements Runnable
1018{
1019public void run()
1020{
1021// some code here
1022}
1023}
1024
1025which of these will create and start this thread?
1026Ans: new Thread(new MyRunnable()).start();
1027
1028108.
1029The data manipulation language used in SQL is a,
1030(I) Procedural DML
1031(II) Non-Procedural DML
1032(III) Modification DML
1033(IV) Declarative DML
1034Ans: procedural
1035
1036109.
1037Assume a relation ACCOUNT (acno, balance, type, branch, last_accessed) with 1 million records. If a SQL query "SELECT balance FROM account WHERE balance>5000" would produce 800000 records, which one of the following is the optimized version of relational algebra expressions that is equivalent to the given SQL query?
1038110.
1039DMA is useful for the operations
1040Ans : DMA is useful for transferring large quantities of data between memory and devices. It eliminates the need for the CPU to be involved in the transfer, allowing the transfer to complete more quickly and the CPU to perform other tasks concurrently.
1041
1042111.
1043What does the code snippet given below do?
1044void fun1(struct node* head)
1045{
1046 if(head == NULL)
1047 return;
1048
1049 fun1(head->next);
1050 printf("%d ", head->data);
1051}
1052Ans: Prints all nodes of linked list in reverse order
1053112.
1054Data security threats include
1055Ans: privacy invasion
1056
1057113.
1058A computer system implements 8 kilobyte pages and a +32-bit physical address space. Each page table entry contains a valid bit, a dirty bit, three permission bits, and the translation. If the maximum size of the page table of a process is 24 megabytes, the length of the virtual address supported by the system is _________ bits.
1059Ans: 36
1060Explanation
1061Max size of virtual address can be calculated by
1062calculating maximum number of page table entries.
1063
1064Maximum Number of page table entries can be calculated
1065using given maximum page table size and size of a page
1066table entry.
1067
1068Given maximum page table size = 24 MB
1069
1070Let us calculate size of a page table entry.
1071
1072A page table entry has following number of bits.
10731 (valid bit) +
10741 (dirty bit) +
10753 (permission bits) +
1076x bits to store physical address space of a page.
1077
1078Value of x = (Total bits in physical address) -
1079 (Total bits for addressing within a page)
1080Since size of a page is 8 kilobytes, total bits needed within
1081a page is 13.
1082So value of x = 32 - 13 = 19
1083
1084Putting value of x, we get size of a page table entry =
1085 1 + 1 + 3 + 19 = 24bits.
1086
1087Number of page table entries
1088 = (Page Table Size) / (An entry size)
1089 = (24 megabytes / 24 bits)
1090 = 223
1091
1092Vrtual address Size
1093 = (Number of page table entries) * (Page Size)
1094 = 223 * 8 kilobits
1095 = 236
1096Therefore, length of virtual address space = 36
1097
1098
1099113.
1100A computer system implements 8 kilobyte pages and a +32-bit physical address space. Each page table entry contains a valid bit, a dirty bit, three permission bits, and the translation. If the maximum size of the page table of a process is 24 megabytes, the length of the virtual address supported by the system is _________ bits.
1101
1102114.
1103General Purpose Software which creates and manipulates database is
1104Ans: DBMS
1105
1106115.
1107Given the following structure template, choose the correct syntax for accessing the 5th subject marks of the 3rd student.
1108struct stud
1109{
1110 int marks[6];
1111 char sname[20];
1112 char rno[10];
1113}s[10];
1114
1115116.
1116Eight minterms will be used for
1117Ans: Eight minterms will be used for 3 variables
1118
1119117.
1120Which of the following transport layer protocols is used to support electronic mail?
1121Ans: TCP
1122
1123118.
1124Three concurrent processes X, Y, and Z execute three different code segments that access and update certain shared variables. Process X executes the P operation (i.e., wait) on semaphores a, b and c; Process Y executes the P operation on semaphores b, c and d; Process Z executes the P operation on semaphores c, d, and a before entering the respective code segments. After completing the execution of its code segment, each process invokes the V operation (i.e., signal) on its three semaphores. All semaphores are binary semaphores initialized to one. Which one of the following represents a deadlock-free order of invoking the P operations by the processes?
1125Ans: X: P(b)P(a)P(c) Y: P(b)P(c)P(d) Z: P(a)P(c)P(d)
1126
1127119.
1128This topology requires multipoint connection
1129Ans: BUS
1130
1131120.
1132Consider a join (relation algebra operation) between relations r(R)and s(S) using the nested loop method. There are 3 buffers each of size equal to disk block size, out of which one buffer is reserved for intermediate results. Assuming size(r(R))
1133Ans: relation r(R)r(R) is in the outer loop.
1134Explanation:
1135A join between r(R) and s (S) using nested loop method will be as follows.
1136For each tuple r in R do
1137For each tuple s in S do
1138If r and s satisfy the join condition then output the tuple <r,s>
1139This algorithm will involve Nr*Bs+Br block transfers and Nr+Br seeks, where Br and Bs are
1140number of blocks in relations R and S respectively and Nr is number of tuple in relation R.
1141Now to have less block accesses, Nr should be less and it is already given that |R|<|S|. Relation
1142r(R) should be in the outer loop to have fewer number of disk block accesses.
1143
1144
1145121.
1146Consider the following C code segment:
1147int a, b, c = 0;
1148void prtFun(void);
1149main( )
1150{ static int a = 1; /* Line 1 */
1151prtFun( );
1152a + = 1;
1153prtFun( )
1154printf(?\n %d %d ?, a, b);
1155}
1156void prtFun(void)
1157{ static int a=2; /* Line 2 */
1158int b=1;
1159a+=++b;
1160printf(?\n %d %d ?, a, b);
1161}
1162What output will be generated by the given code segment?
1163Ans:
11644 2
11656 2
11662 0
1167Explanation:
1168‘a’ and ‘b’ are global variable. prtFun() also has ‘a’ and ‘b’ as local variables. The local variables hide the globals (See Scope rules in C). When prtFun() is called first time, the local ‘b’ becomes 2 and local ‘a’ becomes 4.
1169When prtFun() is called second time, same instance of local static ‘a’ is used and a new instance of ‘b’ is created because ‘a’ is static and ‘b’ is non-static. So ‘b’ becomes 2 again and ‘a’ becomes 6.
1170main() also has its own local static variable named ‘a’ that hides the global ‘a’ in main. The printf() statement in main() accesses the local ‘a’ and prints its value. The same printf() statement accesses the global ‘b’ as there is no local variable named ‘b’ in main. Also, the defaut value of static and global int variables is 0. That is why the printf statement in main() prints 0 as value of b.
1171
1172122.
1173Suppose a disk has 201 cylinders, numbered from 0 to 200. At some time the disk arm is at cylinder
1174100, and there is a queue of disk access requests for cylinders 30, 85, 90, 100, 105, 110, 135 and
1175145. If Shortest-Seek Time First (SSTF) is being used for scheduling the disk access, the request for
1176cylinder 90 is serviced after servicing ____________ number of requests.
1177Ans:
1178 In Shortest-Seek-First algorithm, request closest to the current position of the disk arm and head is handled first.
1179In this question, the arm is currently at cylinder number 100. Now the requests come in the queue order for cylinder numbers 30, 85, 90, 100, 105, 110, 135 and 145.
1180The disk will service that request first whose cylinder number is closest to its arm. Hence 1st serviced request is for cylinder no 100 ( as the arm is itself pointing to it ), then 105, then 110, and then the arm comes to service request for cylinder 90. Hence before servicing request for cylinder 90, the disk would had serviced 3 requests.
1181Hence answer is 3.
1182
1183123.
1184The number of min-terms after minimizing the following Boolean expression is _______.
1185[D'+AB'+A'C+AC'D+A'C'D]'
1186Ans 1
1187ABCD
1188124.
1189Which of the following is NOT a superkey in a relational schema with attributes V,W,X,Y,Z and primary key V Y?
1190 V W X Z
1191
1192125.
11931024 bit is equal to how many byte
1194Ans: 128
1195
1196126.
1197HTTP is ________ protocol
1198Ans: application layer
1199
1200127.
1201Consider the following C program
1202#inclue
1203int main()
1204int i, j, k 0;
1205j=2*3/4+2.0 / 5+8 / 5;
1206k-= --j;
1207for (i=0; i<5; i++)
1208{
1209Switch (i + k)
1210{
1211case1:
1212case 2 : printf ("\ n%d", i+k)
1213case 3 : printf ("\ n%d", i+k);
1214default : printf ("\n%d",i+k);
1215}
1216}
1217Return 0:
1218}
1219The number of times printf statement is executed is ________.
1220Ans : 10
1221Explanation:
1222j = (((2 * 3) / 4) + (2.0 / 5) ) + (8/5); //As associativity of +,* and / are from left to right and + has less precedence than * and /.
1223j = ((6/4) + 0.4) + 1); //2.0 is double value and hence 5 is implicitly typecast to double and we get 0.4. But 8 and 5 are integers and hence 8/5 gives 1 and not 1.6
1224j = (1 + 0.4) + 1; // 6/4 also gives 1 as both are integers
1225j = 1.4 + 1; //1 + 0.4 gives 1.4 as 1 will be implicitly typecast to 1.4
1226j = 2.4; // since j is integer when we assign 2.4 to it, it will be implicitly typecast to int.
1227So, j = 2;
1228k -= --j;
1229This makes j = 1 and k = -1.
1230The variables j and k have values 1 and -1 respectively before the for loop. Inside the for loop, the variable i is initialized to 0 and the loop runs from 0 to 4.
1231 , , , default case is executed, printf count = 1
1232 , , , default case is executed, printf count = 2
1233 , , , case 2, case 3 and default case is executed, printf count = 5
1234 , , , case 2, case 3 and default case is executed, printf count = 8
1235 , , , case 3 and default case is executed, printf count = 10
1236 , loop exits and the control returns to main
1237Answer:
1238
1239128.
1240In which addressing mode the operand is given explicitly in the instruction
1241
1242129.
1243The HTTP response message leaves out the requested object when _____ method is used
1244Ans: immediate mode
1245
1246130.
1247Which of the following is not a part of instruction cycle?
1248131.
1249Consider the following C
1250function.
1251int fun (int n) {
1252int x =1, k;
1253if (n ==1) return x;
1254for (k=1; k < n; ++k)
1255x = x + fun (k)* fun (n - k); return x;
1256}
1257The return value of fun (5) is _______\
1258Ans:51
1259explanation
1260un(1) = 1;
1261
1262fun(2) = 1 + fun(1) * fun(1) = 1 + 1 = 2;
1263
1264fun(3) = 1 + fun(1) * fun(2) + fun(2) * fun(1) = 5;
1265
1266fun(4) = 1 + fun(1) * fun(3) + fun(2) * fun(2) + fun(3) * fun(1) = 1 + 5 + 4 + 5 = 15;
1267
1268fun(5) = 1 + fun(1) * fun(4) + fun(2) * fun(3) + fun(3) * fun(2) + fun(4) * fun(1) = 1 + 15 + 10 + 10 + 15 = 51;
1269
1270132.
1271A process executes the code
1272fork ();
1273fork ();
1274fork ();
1275The total number of child processes created is
1276Ans: 7
1277133.
1278SQl allows duplicates tuples in relations, and correspondingly defines the multiplicity of tuples in the result of joins. Which one of the following queries always gives the same answer as the nested query shown below:
1279select * from R where a in (select S.a from S)
1280Ans: Select R.* from R, (select distinct a from S) as S1 where R.a=S1.a
1281
1282134.
1283The average time required to reach a storage location in memory and obtain its contents is called the
1284Ans: access time
1285135.
1286The following function computes the maximum value contained in an integer array
1287p[ ] of size n (n >= 1).
1288int max(int *p, int n) {
1289int a=0, b=n-1;
1290while (__________) {
1291if (p[a] <= p[b]) { a = a+1; }
1292else { b = b-1; }
1293}
1294return p[a];
1295}
1296The missing loop condition is
1297Ans: b != a
1298Explanation
1299#include<iostream>
1300int max(int *p, int n)
1301{
1302 int a=0, b=n-1;
1303 while (a!=b)
1304 {
1305 if (p[a] <= p[b])
1306 {
1307 a = a+1;
1308 }
1309 else
1310 {
1311 b = b-1;
1312 }
1313 }
1314 return p[a];
1315}
1316
1317int main()
1318{
1319 int arr[] = {10, 5, 1, 40, 30};
1320 int n = sizeof(arr)/sizeof(arr[0]);
1321 std::cout << max(arr, 5);
1322}
1323
1324136.
1325The relation R={A,B,C,D,E,F} with FD A,B-> C, C-> D, C->E,F holds
1326A. Ans: AEH, BEH, DEH
1327
1328137.
1329After fetching the instruction from the memory, the binary code of the
1330instruction goes to
1331Ans :instruction register
1332
1333138.
1334______ cryptography refers to encryption methods in which both the sender and receiver share the same key.
1335Ans: public key
1336139.
1337When CPU is executing a Program that is part of the Operating System, it is said to be in
1338Ans: System mode
1339140.
1340The relationship that exists within the same entity type is called as _________ relationship.
1341
1342141.
1343Consider the following C
1344function.
1345int fun (int n) {
1346int x =1, k;
1347if (n ==1) return x;
1348for (k=1; k < n; ++k)
1349x = x + fun (k)* fun (n - k); return x;
1350}
1351The return value of fun (5) is _______
1352Ans: question 131
1353
1354142.
1355Flip-flops can be constructed with two
1356Ans: NAND gates
1357
1358143.
1359Using public key cryptography, X adds a digital signature σ to message M, encrypts , and sends it to Y, where it is decrypted. Which one of the following sequences of keys is used for the operations?
1360Ans: Encryption: X’s private key followed by Y’s public key; Decryption: Y’s private key followed by X’s public key
1361
1362144.
1363Consider an arbitrary set of CPU-bound processes with unequal CPU burst lengths submitted at the same time to a computer system. Which one of the following process scheduling algorithms would minimize the average waiting time in the ready queue?
1364Ans: Shortest remaining time first
1365
1366145.
1367
1368
1369Error correction and error detection happens in ___________ layer.
1370Ans : Data link layer
1371
1372
1373146.
1374If a hospital has to store the description of each visit of a patient according to date what attribute you will use in the patient entity type?
1375Ans: multivalued attribute
1376147.
1377Decimal digit in BCD can be represented by
1378Ans: binary-coded decimal (BCD) is a class of binary encodings of decimal numbers where each decimal digit is represented by a fixed number of bits, usually four or eight.
1379
1380148.
1381What is the return value of f(p,p) if the value of p is initialized to 5 before the call? Note
1382that the first parameter is passed by reference, whereas the second parameter is passed by value.
1383int f (int &x, int c) {
1384c=c-1;
1385if (c==0) return 1;
1386x=x+1;
1387return f (x,c)*x;}
1388Ans:
13896561
1390Since c is passed by value and x is passed by reference, all functions will have same copy of x, but different copies of c.
1391f(5, 5) = f(x, 4)*x = f(x, 3)*x*x = f(x, 2)*x*x*x = f(x, 1)*x*x*x*x = 1*x*x*x*x = x^4
1392Since x is incremented in every function call, it becomes 9 after f(x, 2) call. So the value of expression x^4 becomes 9^4 which is 6561.
1393
1394149.
1395KDD (Knowledge Discovery in Databases) is referred to,
1396Ans: broad process of finding knowledge in data, and emphasizes the "high-level" application of particular data mining methods
1397
1398150.
1399Consider a 4-way set associative cache (initially empty) with total 16 cache blocks. The main memory consists of 256 blocks and the request for memory blocks is in the following order: 0, 255, 1, 4, 3, 8, 133, 159, 216, 129, 63, 8, 48, 32, 73, 92, 155 Which one of the following memory block will NOT be in cache if LRU
1400Ans:
140116 blocks and sets with 4 blocks each means there are 4 sets. So, the lower 2 bits are used for getting a set. And 4 way associative means in a set only the last 4 cache accesses can be stored.
14020, 255, 1, 4, 3, 8, 133, 159, 216, 129, 63, 8, 48, 32, 73, 92, 155
1403Mod 4 gives
14040, 3, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 3, 0, 1, 3, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 3
1405Now for each of 0..3, the last 4 accesses will be in cache. So, {92, 32, 48, 8}, {155, 63, 159, 3}, {73, 129, 133, 1} and {} will be in cache. So, the missing element from choice is 216.
1406
1407
1408151.Design procedure of combinational circuit involves
1409
1410Ans -
14111. Determine required number of inputs and outputs from the specifications.
14122. Derive the truth table for each of the outputs based on their relationships to the input.
14133. Simplify the boolean expression for each output. Use Karnaugh Maps or Boolean algebra.
14144. Draw a logic diagram that represents the simplified Boolean expression. Verify the design by analysing or simulating the circuit.
1415
1416152. ______is used by network devices, like routers, to send error messages indicating, for example, that a requested service is not available or that a host or router could not be reached.
1417Ans – ICMP(Internet control message protocol)
1418153. The output of the following program is
1419main()
1420{
1421int a = 5;
1422int b = 10;
1423cout<< (a>b?a:b);
1424}
1425Ans - 10
1426
1427154. Consider a disk queue with requests for I/O to blocks on cylinders 47, 38, 121, 191, 87, 11,92, 10. The C-LOOK scheduling algorithm is used. The head is initially at cylinder number 63, moving towards larger cylinder numbers on its servicing pass. The cylinders are numbered from 0 to 199. The total head movement (in number of cylinders) incurred while servicing these requests is
1428
1429Ans – 165
1430
1431155. In design procedure input output values are assigned with
1432Ans - ??
1433
1434156. In dynamic routing mechanism the route changes in response to _______
1435Ans - ??
1436
1437157. _______________________gives the concepts to describe the structure of the database.
1438
1439Ans – Data Model
1440
1441
1442158. Mod-6 and mod-12 counters are most commonly used in
1443
1444Ans – Digital Clocks
1445
1446159. The Third stage in designing a database is when we analyze our tables more closely and create a ___________ between tables.
1447
1448Ans – Relationship
1449
1450160. Multiplexing is used in _______
1451
1452Ans - Circuit Switching
1453
1454
1455161. A race condition occurs when
1456
1457Ans - Two concurrent activities interact to cause a processing error
1458
1459162. _______ is a set of networks sharing the same routing policy
1460
1461Ans – Autonomous System
1462
1463163 The minimum number of page frames that must be allocated to a running process in a virtual memory environment is determined by
1464
1465Ans - the instruction set architecture
1466
1467164. Mod-6 and mod-12 counters are most commonly used in
1468
1469Ans- Digital Clocks
1470
1471165. Passing the request from one schema to another in DBMS architecture is called as ___________________
1472
1473Ans – Mapping
1474
1475166. _____, also known as "port forwarding," is the transmission of data intended for use only within a private, usually corporate network through a public network in such a way that the routing nodes in the public network are unaware that the transmission is part of a private network.
1476
1477Ans - Tunneling
1478
1479167. . For computers based on three - address instruction formats, each address field can be used to specify which of the following:
1480S1: A memory operand
1481S2: A processor register
1482S3: An implied accumulator registers
1483
1484Ans - Either S1 or S2
1485
1486168. What is a trap?
1487
1488Ans -A trap is an exception in a user process. It's caused by division by zero or invalid memory access. It's also the usual way to invoke a kernel routine (a system call)
1489
1490
1491169. A relation schema R is said to be in 4NF if for every MVD A-->>B that holds over R
1492Ans - A ->> B is a trivial MVD
1493A is a superkey
1494
1495170. In Binary trees nodes with no successor are called ......
1496
1497Ans – Terminal Nodes
1498
1499171. The Snapshot of a table is called as
1500Ans – View
1501
1502172. In real time Operating System, which of the following is the most suitable scheduling scheme?
1503Ans – Pre-emptive
1504
1505173. Congestion control and quality of service is qualities of the
1506Ans – Data Flow
1507
1508174. The _________ translates a byte from one code to another code
1509Ans – XLAT
1510
1511175. Which amongst the following refers to Absolute addressing mode
1512A. Ans - the address of the operand is inside the instruction
1513
1514176. _______ detects loss of data errors in data, requests retransmission of lost data, rearranges out-of-order data, and even helps minimize network congestion to reduce the occurrence of the other problems
1515Ans – TCP
1516
1517177. If every node u in G adjacent to every other node v in G, A graph is said to be
1518
1519Ans – Complete
1520
1521178. If a virtual memory system has 4 pages in real memory and the rest must be swapped to disk. Which of the following is the hit ratio for the following page address stream. Assume memory starts empty, use the FIFO algorithm
1522
1523Ans – 31%
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529179. A relation R(a,b,c,d,e,f) with the FDs { a ->b,c; c -> d, e, f } satisfies ----- normal form at the most where ?a? is the primary key.
1530
1531Ans - ??
1532
1533180. On simple paging system with 224 bytes of physical memory, 256 pages of logical address space, and a page size 210 bytes, how many bytes are in a page frame?
1534
1535Ans - 210 bytes,
1536
1537181. Let the size of congestion window of a TCP connection be 32 KB when a timeout occurs. The round trip time of the connection is 100 msec and the maximum segment size used is 2 KB. The time taken (in msec) by the TCP connection to get back to 32 KB congestion window is
1538
1539Ans – 1100msec
1540
1541182. Course_Info{Course_no, Sec_no, Offering_dept, Credit_hours, Course_level, Instructor_ssn, Semester, Year, Days_hours, Room_no, No_of_students}.
1542The Course_Info has following functional dependencies:
1543{Course_no}ïƒ {Offering_dept, Credit_hours, Course_level}
1544{Course_no, Sec_no, Semester, Year}ïƒ {Days_hours, Room_no, No_of_students, Instructor_ssn }
1545{Room_no, Days_hours, Semester, Year} ïƒ {Instructor_ssn, Course_no, Sec_no}
1546
1547
1548Find the keys of the relation
1549
1550Ans - ??
1551
1552183. NOP instruction introduces
1553
1554Ans – Delay
1555
1556184. A binary tree in which all the leaves are on the same level is called as:
1557
1558Ans – Perfect binary tree
1559
1560185. The addressing mode used in an instruction of the form ADD X Y, is _____.
1561
1562Ans – index
1563
1564186.
1565Which of the following are sufficient conditions for deadlock?
1566Ans -
15671. mutual exclusion
1568The resources involved must be unshareable; otherwise, the processes would not be prevented from using the resource when necessary.
15692. hold and wait or partial allocation
1570The processes must hold the resources they have already been allocated while waiting for other (requested) resources. If the process had to release its resources when a new resource or resources were requested, deadlock could not occur because the process would not prevent others from using resources that it controlled.
15713. no pre-emption
1572The processes must not have resources taken away while that resource is being used. Otherwise, deadlock could not occur since the operating system could simply take enough resources from running processes to enable any process to finish.
15734. resource waiting or circular wait
1574
1575
1576187.
1577In ORDBMS, When an object O is brought into memory, they check each oid contained in O and replace oids of in-memory objects by in-memory pointers to those objects. This concept refers to:
1578Ans – pointer swizzling
1579
1580188.
1581A binary tree T has 20 leaves. The number of nodes in T having two children is
1582Ans - 19
1583
1584
1585189.
1586How many 8-bit characters can be transmitted per second over a 9600 baud serial communication link using asynchronous mode of transmission with one start bit, eight data bits, two stop bits, and one parity bit?
1587Ans – 800
1588
1589190.
1590A receiving host has failed to receive all of the segments that it should acknowledge. What can the host do to improve the reliability of this communication session?
1591Ans - Decrease the window size.
1592
1593191.
1594The port that is used for the generation of handshake lines in mode 1 or mode 2 is
1595Ans – port C upper
1596192.
1597Consider the following transaction involving two bank account x and y.
1598read (x) ; x : = x ? 50; write (x) ; read (y); y : = y + 50 ; write (y)
1599The constraint that the sum of the accounts x and y should remain constant is that of
1600Ans – Consistency
1601
1602193.
1603A computer system implements 8 kilobyte pages and a +32-bit physical address space. Each page table entry contains a valid bit, a dirty bit, three permission bits, and the translation. If the maximum size of the page table of a process is 24 megabytes, the length of the virtual address supported by the system is _________ bits.
1604Ans - 36
1605194.
1606What happens when you push a new node onto a stack?
1607Ans - The new node is placed at the front of the linked list
1608
1609195.
1610In 8257 register format, the selected channel is disabled after the terminal count condition is reached when
1611Ans - TC STOP bit is set
1612
1613196. ____ users work on canned transactions
1614
1615Ans – Naïve
1616
1617197.
1618Which of the following information is not part of Process Control Block?
1619(i) Process State
1620(ii) Process Page table
1621(iii) List of Open files
1622(iv) Stack Pointer
1623Ans – None of the above
1624
1625
1626198.
1627The recurrence relation capturing the optimal execution time of the Towers of Hanoi problem with n discs is
1628Ans - T(n) = 2T(n – 1) + 1
1629
1630199.
1631For the IEEE 802.11 MAC protocol for wireless communication, which of the following statements is/are TRUE ?
1632I. At least three non-overlapping channels are available for transmissions.
1633II. The RTS-CTS mechanism is used for collision detection.
1634III.Unicast frames are ACKed.
1635Ans – I and III only
1636
1637200.
1638Partial Degree of multiprogramming is controlled by
1639Ans – long term scheduler
1640
1641
1642201.
1643Consider the following four schedules due to three transactions (indicated by the subscript) using read and write on a data item x, denoted by r(x) and w(x) respectively. Which one of them is conflict serializable?
16441.r1(x); r2(x); w1(x); r3(x); w2(x);
16452.r2(x); r1(x); w2(x); r3(x); w1(x);
16463.r3(x); r2(x); r1(x); w2(x); w1(x);
16474.r2(x); w2(x); r3(x); r1(x); w1(x);
1648Ans:: D.
1649
1650202.
1651If a , b , c, are three nodes connected in sequence in a singly linked list, what is the statement to be added to change this into a circular linked list?
1652Ans:: Connect last node to the first node.
1653203.
1654The effective address of the following instruction is , MUL 5(R1,R2)
1655a) 5+R1+R2 b) 5+(R1*R2)
1656c) 5+[R1]+[R2] d) 5*([R1]+[R2])
1657
1658Ans:: C
1659
1660204.
1661
1662X.25 Networks are ________ networks
1663Ans:: Packet Switched wide area network.
1664
1665205.
1666When several processes access the same data concurrently and the outcome of the execution depends on the particular order in which the access takes place, is called
1667Ans:: Race Condition.
1668
1669206.
1670Which one of the following protocols is NOT used to resolve one form of address to another one?
1671(A) DNS
1672(B) ARP
1673(C) DHCP
1674(D) RARP
1675Answer: (C)
1676
1677207.
1678
1679
1680voidfoo (char*a)
1681{
1682 if(*a && *a != ` `)
1683 {
1684 foo(a+1);
1685 putchar(*a);
1686 }
1687}
1688
1689(A) ABCD
1690(B) ABCD
1691(C) HGFE
1692(D) DCBA
1693
1694
1695Answer: (D)
1696
1697**208.
1698Consider a schedule S1 given below;
1699R1(A); W1(A); R2(B); R2(A); R1(B); W2(A+B); W1(B); where R1 and W1 are read and write operations of transaction T1 and R2 and W2 are read and write operations of transaction T2.
1700Which of the following is correct regarding schedule S1?
1701
1702209.
1703The effective address of the following instruction is , MUL 5(R1,R2)
1704a) 5+R1+R2 b) 5+(R1*R2)
1705c) 5+[R1]+[R2] d) 5*([R1]+[R2])
1706
1707Ans:: C
1708
1709210.
1710The degree of a leaf node is:
1711Ans: 0.
1712211.
1713The instructions which copy information from one location to another either in the processor’s internal register set or in the external main memory are called
1714
1715Ans:: Data transfer instructions
1716
1717**212.
1718State the type of multitasking supported by OS when process switched its state from 'Running' to 'Ready' due to scheduling act.
1719213.
1720End-to-end connectivity is provided from host-to-host in:
1721Ans:: Transport layer.
1722
1723
1724214.
1725An index is clustered, if
1726(A) it is on a set of fields that form a candidate key.
1727(B) it is on a set of fields that include the primary key.
1728(C) the data records of the file are organized in the same order as the data entries of the index.
1729(D) the data records of the file are organized not in the same order as the data entries of the index.
1730Ans :: C
1731**215.
1732Creating a B Tree index for your database has to be specified in _____.
1733216.
17341) The protocol data unit(PDU) for the application layer in the Internet stack is
1735(A) Segment
1736(B) Datagram
1737(C) Message
1738(D) Frame
1739Answer (C)
1740
1741217.
1742The post order traversal of a binary tree is DEBFCA. Find out the pre-order traversal
17431.ABFCDE
17442.ADBFEC
17453.ABDECF
17464.None of the above
1747Ans:: 3
1748
1749
1750218.
1751Consider 6 memory partitions of sizes 200 KB, 400 KB, 600 KB, 500 KB, 300 KB and 250 KB, where KB refers to kilobyte. These partitions need to be allotted to four processes of sizes 357 KB, 210 KB, 468 KB, 491 KB in that order. If the best fit algorithm is used, which partitions are NOT allotted to any process?
1752
17531.200 KB and 300 KB
17542.200 KB and 250 KB
17553.250 KB and 300 KB
17564.300 KB and 400 KB
1757Ans: 1
1758
1759219.
1760PSW is saved in stack when there is a _____.
1761A. interrupt recognized B. execution of RST instruction
1762C. Execution of CALL instruction D. All of these
1763
1764Ans:: A
1765220.
1766
1767Error detection at the data link layer is achieved by?
1768[A] Bit stuffing
1769[B] Cyclic redundancy codes(Answer)
1770[C] Hamming codes
1771[D] Equalization
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776221.
1777Which of the following is not a function of a DBA?
1778Ans:: Network Maintenance.
1779
1780222.
1781A system uses 3 page frames for storing process pages in main memory. It uses the Least
1782Recently Used (LRU) page replacement policy. Assume that all the page frames are
1783initially empty. What is the total number of page faults that will occur while processing the page reference string given below?
17844, 7, 6, 1, 7, 6, 1, 2, 7, 2
1785Ans:: 6
1786223.
1787What is the postfix expression for the following infix expression?
1788 Infix = a+b%c>d
1789224.
1790What is a trap?
1791
1792down voteaccepted A trap is an exception in a user process. It's caused by division by zero or invalid memory access.
1793
1794225.
1795Consider a computer system with 40-bit virtual addressing and page size of sixteen kilobytes. If the computer system has a one-level page table per process and each page table entry requires 48 bits, then the size of the per-process page table is __________ megabytes.
1796Ans:: 384 MB
1797
1798
1799226.
1800 Passing the request from one schema to another in DBMS architecture is called as ____Mappings._______________
1801227.
1802Computers use addressing mode techniques for ____________.
1803A. giving programming versatility to the user by providing facilities as pointers to memory counters for loop control
1804B. to reduce no. of bits in the field of instruction
1805C. specifying rules for modifying or interpreting address field of the instruction
1806D. All the above
1807
1808Ans: D
1809
1810228.
1811Loss in signal power as light travels down the fiber is called?
1812Ans:: attenuation.
1813229.
1814A binary tree T has 20 leaves. The number of nodes in T having two children is
1815(A) 18
1816(B) 19
1817(C) 17
1818(D) Any number between 10 and 20
1819
1820
1821Answer: (B)
1822
1823
1824230.
1825Which of the following is NOT a superkey in a relational schema with attributes V,W,X,Y,Z and primary key V Y?
1826Ans::V W X Z
1827231.
1828Computers use addressing mode techniques for _____________________.
1829Repeated refer 227.
1830232.
1831In OSI model dialogue control and token management are responsibilities of ?
1832Ans:: session layer
1833
1834
1835233.
1836Which of the following is example of in-place algorithm?
1837Ans:: Heap Sort , Selection Sort, Bubble Sort , insertion sort, shell sort.
1838
1839
1840234.
1841Consider the 3 process, P1, P2 and P3 shown in the table.
1842Process Arrival time Time units Required
1843P1 0 5
1844P2 1 7
1845P3 3 4
1846The completion order of the 3 processes under the policies FCFS and RR2 (round robin scheduling) with CPU quantum of 2 time units are
1847
1848Ans::
1849FCFS: P1, P2, P3
1850RR2: P1, P3, P2
1851
1852235.
1853A scheduling algorithm assigns priority proportional to the waiting time of a process. Every process starts with priority zero(the lowest priority). The scheduler re-evaluates the process priorities every T time units and decides the next process to schedule. Which one of the following is TRUE if the processes have no I/O operations and all arrive at time zero?
1854Ans:: This algorithm is equivalent to the round-robin algorithm.
1855*236.
1856Which of the following operator in SQL would produce the following result if applied between two relations Employee and Department?
1857
1858Eno EName DeptNo DName
1859111 Kumar 100 Sales
1860222 Steve 200 Finance
1861Null Null 300 Admn
1862244 Meera 400 Mktg
1863Ans:: Right join.
1864
1865237.
1866The run time of the following algorithm is
1867Procedure A(n)
1868If(n<=2) return(1)
1869Else return(A(sqrt(n))
1870
1871Ans:: O(log logn)
1872
1873238.
1874The address to the next instruction lies in
1875Ans:: Program Counter
1876
1877239.
1878Which protocol does Ping use?
1879Ans:: ICMP
1880
1881240.
1882What is the unique characteristic of RAID 6 ?
1883
1884Ans:: Two independent distributed parity
1885
1886241.
1887The process related to process control, file management, device management, information about system and communication that is requested by any higher level language can be performed by __________.
1888Ans:: System Call.
1889242.
1890Consider a dynamic queue with two pointers: front and rear. What is the time needed to insert an element in a queue of length of n?
1891Ans:: O(1)
1892*243.
1893Which of the following address modes calculate the effective address as
1894address part of the instruction) + (content of CPU register)
1895244.
1896If CurrNode pointer points to the previous node in the list and NewNode points to the newly created Node, the address assignments to be done for inserting a node in the middle of a singly linke
1897Ans::
1898newnode.next=currNode.next;
1899currentNode.next=NewNode.
1900d list is
1901
1902
1903245.
1904A group of bits that tell the computer to perform a specific operation is known as
1905Ans:: Instruction code
1906246.
1907On simple paging system with 224 bytes of physical memory, 256 pages of logical address space, and a page size 210 bytes, how many bytes are in a page frame?
1908Ans:: Page frame size is 2^10 bytes.
1909
1910
1911
1912247.
1913A 2 km long broadcast LAN has 107 bps bandwidth and uses CSMA/CD. The signal travels along the wire at 2 × 108 m/s. What is the minimum packet size that can be used on this network?
1914(A) 50 bytes
1915(B) 100 bytes
1916(C) 200 bytes
1917(D) None of these
1918
1919
1920Answer: (D)
1921248.
1922The data manipulation language used in SQL is a,
1923(I) Procedural DML
1924(II) Non-Procedural DML
1925(III) Modification DML
1926(IV) Declarative DML
1927Ans:: 1 and 4.
1928
1929
1930**249.
1931Consider the following pseudo code fragment:
1932printf (“Helloâ€);
1933if(!fork( ))
1934printf(“Worldâ€);
1935Which of the following is the output of the code fragment?
1936
1937250.
1938The time factor when determining the efficiency of algorithm is measured by
1939Ans:: Counting the no of key operations.
1940
1941
1942
1943251.
1944How many 8-bit characters can be transmitted per second over a 9600 baud serial communication link using asynchronous mode of transmission with one start bit, eight data bits, and one parity bit ?
1945"9600 baud" means that the serial port is capable of transferring a maximum of 9600 bits per second."
1946So, transmission rate here = 9600 bps
1947An eight bit data (which is a char) requires 1 start bit, 2 stop bits and 1 parity bit = 12 bits.
1948So, number of characters transmitted per second = 9600 / 12 = 800
1949
1950
1951252.
1952When we use auto increment or auto decrement, which of the following is/are true
19531) In both, the address is used to retrieve the operand and then the address gets altered.
19542) In auto increment the operand is retrieved first and then the address altered.
19553) Both of them can be used on general purpose registers as well as memory locations.
1956253.
1957Having clause in SQL occurs with
1958The HAVING clause should appear before an INTO clause; otherwise, a syntax error occurs.
1959
1960253.
1961Having clause in SQL occurs with
1962254.
1963One that is not type of flipflop is
1964Types of Flip-Flops
1965• RS flip-flop
1966• JK flip-flop
1967• D flip-flop
1968• T flip-flop
1969
1970255.
1971If a node having two children is deleted from a BST, it is replaced by its
1972In-order successor
1973
1974256.
1975The best way to retrieve todays date in DBMS is
1976SELECT CURDATE();
1977
1978257.
1979The address resolution protoc0l (ARP) is used for
1980The address resolution protocol (arp) is a protocol used by the IPv4, to map IP network addresses to the hardware addresses.
1981
1982257.
1983The address resolution protoc0l (ARP) is used for
1984
1985258.
19867. There are ‘m’ processes and ‘n’ instances of a Resource provided. Each process needs ‘P’ instances of the resource. In which case deadlock will never occur?
1987259.
1988Which of the process transition is invalid?
1989260.
1990All the functions of the ports of 8255 are achieved by programming the bits of an internal register called
1991control word register
1992
1993261.
1994Which of the following algorithm is not stable?
1995
1996261.
1997Which of the following algorithm is not stable?
1998262.
1999An organization has a class B network and wishes to form subnets for 64 departments. The subnet mask would be
2000to form subnet for 64 departments we need 6 continuous bit and the value of 11111100 = 252.
2001organization has class B network so subnet mask would be 255.255.252.0
2002
2003263.
2004R right outer join S on a=b gives
2005264.
2006In a packet switching network, packets are routed from source to destination along a single path having two intermediate node. If the message size is 24 bytes and each packet contains a header of 3 bytes, then the optimum packet size is
2007Let transmission time to transfer 1 byte for all nodes be t. The first packet will take time = (packet size)*3*t. After the first packet reaches the destination, remaining packets will take time equal to (packet size)*t due to parallelism.
2008If we use 9 bytes as packet size, there will be 4 packets
2009Total Transmission time = 3*9*t + 3*9*t = 54t
2010
2011
2012265.
2013The process in which of the following states will be in secondary memory?
2014
2015265.
2016The process in which of the following states will be in secondary memory?
2017266.
2018The number of counters that are present in the programmable timer device 8254 is
20193
2020
2021267.
2022 _______________________gives the concepts to describe the structure of the database.
2023DBMS data models
2024
2025268.
2026Identify the sorting technique that supports divide and conquer strategy and has (n2) complexity in worst case
2027Quicksort
2028269.
2029Given the basic ER and relational models, which of the following is INCORRECT?
2030
2031269.
2032Given the basic ER and relational models, which of the following is INCORRECT?
2033270.
2034If a disk has a seek time of 20ms, rotates 20 revolutions per second, has 100 words per block, and each track has capacity of 300 words. Then the total time required to access one block is
2035
2036Time taken to access one block = seek time + rotational delay + block transfer time
2037Seek time = 20 ms (given)
2038Rotational delay = on an average taken to be the time to rotate by half = 1/2 X time for 1 rotati X 1/20 sec s = 25 ms
2039Block Transfer time = block size / transfer rate = 100 / transfer rate
2040Now, transfer rate = Track capacity / rotation rate = 300 / ( 1/ 20) = 6000 word per sec = 6 word per ms
2041Block Transfer time = block size / transfer rate = 100 / 6 ~ 16.67 ms per blockTime taken to access one block = seek time + rotational delay + block transfer time= 20 + 25 + 16.67 = 61.67 ms
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047271.
2048Station A uses 32 byte packets to transmit messages to Station B using a sliding window protocol. The round trip delay between A and B is 80 milliseconds and the bottleneck bankwidth on the path between aA and B is 128 kbps. What is the optimal window size that A should use ?
2049Round Trip propagation delay = 80ms
2050Frame size = 32*8 bits
2051Bandwidth = 128kbps
2052Transmission Time = 32*8/(128) ms = 2 ms
2053
2054Let n be the window size.
2055
2056UtiliZation = n/(1+2a) where a = Propagation time / transmission time
2057 = n/(1+80/2)
2058
2059For maximum utilization: n = 41
2060
2061
2062272.
2063The searching technique that takes O (1) time to find a data is
2064Hashing
2065273.
2066The data bus buffer is controlled by
2067Read/write control logic
2068
2069273.
2070The data bus buffer is controlled by
2071274.
2072In control word register, if SC1=0 and SC0=1, then the counter selected is
2073Counter 1
2074SC denotes select counter
2075275.
2076Information about a process is maintained in a _________.
2077Process control block
2078
2079
2080276.
2081Which of the following is not a conversion function in SQL?
2082277.
2083Two computers C1 and C2 are configured as follows. C1 has IP address 203. 197.2.53 and netmask 255.255. 128.0. C2 has IP address 203.197.75.201 and netmask 255.255.192.0. Which one of the following statements is true?
2084C1 assumes C2 is on same network, but C2 assumes C1 is on a different network
2085
2086
2087277.
2088Two computers C1 and C2 are configured as follows. C1 has IP address 203. 197.2.53 and netmask 255.255. 128.0. C2 has IP address 203.197.75.201 and netmask 255.255.192.0. Which one of the following statements is true?
2089
2090278.
2091AVL trees have a faster __________
2092Retrieval
2093
2094279.
2095Which level of RAID refers to disk mirroring with block striping?
2096RAID level 1
2097
2098280.
2099The counter starts counting only if
2100GATE signal is high
2101
2102281.
2103Station A needs to send a message consisting of 9 packets to Station B using a siding window (window size 3) and go-back-n error control strategy. All packets are ready and immediately available for transmission. If every 5th packet that A transmits gets lost (but no acks from B ever get lost), then what is the number of packets that A will transmit for sending the message to B ?
2104There is a formula
2105N=1/(1-p)
2106
2107where p -probability of failure
2108
2109N-total number of packets(including the extra packets) to be sent for one data packet .
2110p=1/5 = 0.2
2111
2112N=1/1-0.2 = 1/0.8
2113
2114for 9 packets , 9/0.8 = 11.25 ~ 12
2115
2116
2117281.
2118Station A needs to send a message consisting of 9 packets to Station B using a siding window (window size 3) and go-back-n error control strategy. All packets are ready and immediately available for transmission. If every 5th packet that A transmits gets lost (but no acks from B ever get lost), then what is the number of packets that A will transmit for sending the message to B ?
2119
2120282.
2121The time required in worst case for search operation in binary tree is
2122O(n)
2123
2124283.
2125Which of the following is shared between all of the threads in a process? Assume a kernel level thread implementation.
2126FILE DESCRIPTORS
2127284.
2128Which of the following is not true of virtual memory?
2129It requires the use of disk or other secondary storage
2130
2131285.
2132 To change the access path programs are categorized under __________ data independence.
2133Physical
2134
2135
2136285.
2137 To change the access path programs are categorized under __________ data independence.
2138286.
2139When an instruction is read from the memory, it is called
2140instruction cycle (sometimes called a fetch decode execute cycle) is the basic operational process of a computer.
2141
2142287.
2143Identify the data structure which allows deletions at both ends of the list but insertion at only one end
2144Input-restricted deque
2145
2146288.
2147In a token ring network the transmission speed is 10 bps and the propagation speed is 200 metres/ s μ . The 1-bit delay in this network is equivalent to;
2148As, token ring network
2149 So, transmission delay = length / bandwidth
2150 transmission delay = 1/10^7 = 0.1micro sec.
2151 as, propagation speed =200m/micro sec.
2152 In , 1micro sec. it covers 200m
2153 than in 0.1micro sec. it is 20metres.
2154
2155289.
2156The address of a class B host is to be split into subnets with a 6-bit subnet number. What is the maximum number of subnets and the maximum number of hosts in each subnet?
2157Maximum number of subnets = 2^6-2 =62.
2158Note that 2 is subtracted from 2^6. The RFC 950 specification reserves the subnet values consisting of all zeros (see above) and all ones (broadcast), reducing the number of available subnets by two.
2159Maximum number of hosts is 2^10-2 = 1022.
21602 is subtracted for Number of hosts is also. The address with all bits as 1 is reserved as broadcast address and address with all host id bits as 0 is used as network address of subnet.
2161In general, the number of addresses usable for addressing specific hosts in each network is always 2^N – 2 where N is the number of bits for host id.
2162
2163289.
2164The address of a class B host is to be split into subnets with a 6-bit subnet number. What is the maximum number of subnets and the maximum number of hosts in each subnet?
2165
2166290.
2167What are the desirable properties of a transaction?
2168A transaction is a very small unit of a program and it may contain several lowlevel tasks. A transaction in a database system must maintain Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation, and Durability − commonly known as ACID properties − in order to ensure accuracy, completeness, and data integrity.
2169
2170291.
2171A Boolean function may be transformed into
2172Logical diagram
2173
2174292.
2175The time required in worst case for search operation in binary tree is
2176O(n)
2177
2178293.
2179The average time required to reach a storage location in memory and obtain its contents is called the
2180access time
2181
2182
2183293.
2184The average time required to reach a storage location in memory and obtain its contents is called the
2185294.
2186In the slow start phase of TCP congesting control algorithm, the size of the congestion window
2187increases exponentially
2188Although the name is slow start, during the slow start phase, window size is increased by the number of segments acknowledged, which means window size grows exponentially. This happens until either an acknowledgment is not received for some segment or a predetermined threshold value is reached.
2189
2190
2191295.
2192Shift registers are used for
2193Shift registers are commonly used in converters that translate parallel data to serial data, or vice-versa.
2194
2195296.
2196To represent hierarchical relationship between elements, which data structure is suitable?
2197Tree
2198
2199297.
2200If a transaction T has obtained an exclusive lock on item Q, then T can
2201both read and write Q
2202
2203
2204297.
2205If a transaction T has obtained an exclusive lock on item Q, then T can
2206298.
2207Operating System
2208
22091. Assume that ?C? is a Counting Semaphore initialized to value ?10?. Consider the following program segment:
2210P(C); V(C); P(C); P(C); P(C); V(C); V(C)
2211V(C); V(C); V(C); P(C); V(C); V(C); P(C)
2212What is the value of C?
2213C=10
2214there are 6 wait and 8 signal operation
2215
2216wait operation reduce count by 1 and signal increase count by 1 in general
2217
2218 so 10-6+8=12
2219
2220299.
2221If two relations R and S are joined, then the non matching tuples of both R and S are
2222ignored in
2223Inner join
2224300.
2225Two variables will be represented by
2226
22271.
2228 ____________is the first schema to be designed when you are developing a DBMS
22292.
2230Consider the following recursive C function.
2231Void get (int n)
2232{if (n<1) return;
2233get (n-1)
2234get (n-3) ;
2235printf ("%d",n);
2236If get(6) function is being called in main () then how many times will the get() function be invoked before returning to the main ( ) ?
22373.
2238______ operate at the network layer, connecting two or more network segments that use the same or different data link layer protocols, but the same network layer protocol.
22394.
2240Which of the following is shared between all of the threads in a process? Assume a kernel level thread implementation.
22415.
2242The truth table
2243X Y f(X,Y)
22440 0 0
22450 1 0
22461 0 1
22471 1 1
2248represents the Boolean function
22495.
2250The truth table
2251X Y f(X,Y)
22520 0 0
22530 1 0
22541 0 1
22551 1 1
2256represents the Boolean function
22576.
2258The _____ is generally used to group hosts based on the physical network topology.
22597.
2260#include
2261int main ()
2262{
2263static int a[]={10, 20, 30 40, 50};
2264static int *p[]= {a, a+3, a+4, a+1, a+2};
2265int **ptr=p;
2266ptr++;
2267printf ("%d%d", ptr p, **ptr);
2268}
2269The output of the program is __________.
22708.
2271Which of the following is not true of virtual memory?
22729.
2273General Purpose Software which creates and manipulates database is
2274
22759.
2276General Purpose Software which creates and manipulates database is
227710.
2278The addressing mode used in an instruction of the form ADD R1, R2 is _____.
227911.
2280______ operate at the network layer, connecting two or more network segments that use the same or different data link layer protocols, but the same network layer protocol.
228112.
2282The load instruction is mostly used to designate a transfer from memory to a
2283processor register known as
228413.
2285With a single resource, deadlock occurs,
2286
2287
2288
2289
229013.
2291With a single resource, deadlock occurs,
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
229814.
2299System catalogue is a system created database that describes
230015.
2301What will be the output of the following C program?
2302void count(int n){
2303static int d=1;
2304printf("%d ", n);
2305printf("%d ", d);
2306d++;
2307if(n>1) count(n-1);
2308printf("%d ", d);
2309}
2310void main(){
2311count(3);
2312}
231316.
2314Consider the following program:
2315int f(int *p, int n)
2316{
2317if (n <= 1) return 0;
2318else return max ( f (p+1, n-1),p[0]-p[1]);
2319}
2320int main()
2321{
2322int a[] = {3,5,2,6,4};
2323printf("%d", f(a,5));
2324}
2325The value printed by this program is
232617.
2327Which of the following is an advantage of using database systems?
2328
232917.
2330Which of the following is an advantage of using database systems?
233118.
2332User Datagram Protocol adds no additional reliability mechanisms except one which is optional. Identify that.
233319.
2334Simplified form of the boolean expression (X + Y + XY) (X + Z) is
233520.
2336Mutual exclusion problem occurs between
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
234221.
2343What schema defines how and where the data are organized in a physical storage?
2344
234521.
2346What schema defines how and where the data are organized in a physical storage?
234722.
2348Which of the following logic expression is incorrect?
234923.
2350For the IEEE 802.11 MAC protocol for wireless communication, which of the following statements is/are TRUE ?
2351I. At least three non-overlapping channels are available for transmissions.
2352II. The RTS-CTS mechanism is used for collision detection.
2353III.Unicast frames are ACKed.
235424.
2355To prevent any method from overriding, the method has to declared as,
235625.
2357Use of ________ allows for some processes to be waiting on I/O while another process executes.
2358
235925.
2360Use of ________ allows for some processes to be waiting on I/O while another process executes.
236126.
2362The truth table
2363X Y f(X,Y)
23640 0 0
23650 1 0
23661 0 1
23671 1 1
2368represents the Boolean function
236927.
2370The E-R model was first introduced by
237128.
2372Consider the following C program.
2373#include
2374int f1 (void) ;
2375int f 2 void ;
2376int x 10;
2377int main ()
2378{
2379int x=1;
2380x+=f1()+ f2()+f3()+f2() ;
2381printf("%d", x);
2382return 0;
2383}
2384int f1(){int x=25; x++; return x;}
2385int f2(){static int x =50; x++;return x;}
2386int f3(){x*=10; return x};
2387The output of the program is_________.
238829.
2389______ OS pays more attention on the meeting of the time limits.
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
239529.
2396______ OS pays more attention on the meeting of the time limits.
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
240230.
2403The protocol data unit (PDU) for the application layer in the Internet stack is
240431.
2405An Internet Service Provider (ISP) has the following chunk of CIDR-based IP addresses available with it: 245.248.128.0/20. The ISP wants to give half of this chunk of addresses to Organization A, and a quarter to Organization B, while retaining the remaining with itself. Which of the following is a valid allocation of address to A and B?
240632.
2407The performance of cache memory is frequently measured in terms of a quantity called
240833.
2409Using 10's complement 72532- 3250 is
2410
241133.
2412Using 10's complement 72532- 3250 is
241334.
2414The father of relational database system is
241535.
2416Consider the function func shown below:
2417int func(int num) {
2418int count = 0;
2419while (num) {
2420count++;
2421num>>= 1;
2422}
2423return (count);
2424}
2425The value returned by func(435)is
242636.
2427The 16-bit 2?s complement representation of an integer is 1111 1111 1111 0101, its decimal representation is
242837.
2429What is the RDBMS terminology for a row
2430
243137.
2432What is the RDBMS terminology for a row
243338.
2434Consider the following C program segment.
2435#include
2436intmain()
2437{char sl [7]="1234",*p;
2438p=sl+2;
2439*p='0';
2440printf ("%s",sl)
2441{
2442What will be printed by the program?
244339.
2444Which of the following is/are example(s) of stateful application layer protocols?
2445(i)HTTP
2446(ii)FTP
2447(iii)TCP
2448(iv)POP3
244940.
2450What is the software that runs a computer, including scheduling tasks, managing storage, and handling communication with peripherals?
245141.
2452 The relationship that exists within the same entity type is called as _________ relationship.
2453Next
2454
245541.
2456 The relationship that exists within the same entity type is called as _________ relationship.
245742.
2458Which of the following is not usually stored in a two-level page table?
245943.
2460Consider the following recursive C function.
2461Void get (int n)
2462{if (n<1) return;
2463get (n-1)
2464get (n-3) ;
2465printf ("%d",n);
2466If get(6) function is being called in main () then how many times will the get() function be invoked before returning to the main ( ) ?
246744.
2468TCP manages a point-to-point and _______ connection for an application between two computers
246945.
2470A circuit that converts n inputs to 2^n outputs is called
2471
247245.
2473A circuit that converts n inputs to 2^n outputs is called
247446.
2475Normalisation of database is used to
247647.
2477The purpose of a TLB is
247848.
2479Decoder is a
248049.
2481#include
2482int main ()
2483{
2484static int a[]={10, 20, 30 40, 50};
2485static int *p[]= {a, a+3, a+4, a+1, a+2};
2486int **ptr=p;
2487ptr++;
2488printf ("%d%d", ptr p, **ptr);
2489}
2490The output of the program is __________.
2491
249249.
2493#include
2494int main ()
2495{
2496static int a[]={10, 20, 30 40, 50};
2497static int *p[]= {a, a+3, a+4, a+1, a+2};
2498int **ptr=p;
2499ptr++;
2500printf ("%d%d", ptr p, **ptr);
2501}
2502The output of the program is __________.
250350.
2504What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned to hosts on a local subnet that uses the 255.255.255.224 subnet mask?
250551.
2506To build a mod-19 counter the number of flip-flops required is
250752.
2508What is the RDBMS terminology for a set of legal values that an attribute can have ?
250953.
2510System calls:
2511
251253.
2513System calls:
251454.
2515Consider the following program in C language:
2516#include
2517main()
2518{
2519int i;
2520int *pi = &i;
2521scanf(?%d?,pi);
2522printf(?%d\n?, i+5);
2523}
2524Which one of the following statements is TRUE?
252555.
2526The _____ is generally used to group hosts based on the physical network topology.
252756.
2528What is the main difference between traps and interrupts?
252957.
2530Consider the following C program.
2531#include
2532int f1 (void) ;
2533int f 2 void ;
2534int x 10;
2535int main ()
2536{
2537int x=1;
2538x+=f1()+ f2()+f3()+f2() ;
2539printf("%d", x);
2540return 0;
2541}
2542int f1(){int x=25; x++; return x;}
2543int f2(){static int x =50; x++;return x;}
2544int f3(){x*=10; return x};
2545The output of the program is_________.
2546
254757.
2548Consider the following C program.
2549#include
2550int f1 (void) ;
2551int f 2 void ;
2552int x 10;
2553int main ()
2554{
2555int x=1;
2556x+=f1()+ f2()+f3()+f2() ;
2557printf("%d", x);
2558return 0;
2559}
2560int f1(){int x=25; x++; return x;}
2561int f2(){static int x =50; x++;return x;}
2562int f3(){x*=10; return x};
2563The output of the program is_________.
256458.
2565The smallest integer than can be represented by an 8-bit number in 2?s complement form is
256659.
2567ATM uses a ____ packet size
256860.
2569Which of the following concurrency control mechanisms insist unlocking of all read and write locks of transactions at the end of commit?
257061.
2571What is the RDBMS technology for the number of attributes in a relation?
2572
257361.
2574What is the RDBMS technology for the number of attributes in a relation?
257562.
2576Class D in network is used for
257763.
25781024 bit is equal to how many byte
257964.
2580Consider the following C code segment:
2581int a, b, c = 0;
2582void prtFun(void);
2583main( )
2584{ static int a = 1; /* Line 1 */
2585prtFun( );
2586a + = 1;
2587prtFun( )
2588printf(?\n %d %d ?, a, b);
2589}
2590void prtFun(void)
2591{ static int a=2; /* Line 2 */
2592int b=1;
2593a+=++b;
2594printf(?\n %d %d ?, a, b);
2595}
2596What output will be generated by the given code segment if:
2597Line 1 is replaced by auto int a = 1;
2598Line 2 is replaced by register int a = 2;
259965.
2600Buffering is useful because
2601
260265.
2603Buffering is useful because
260466.
2605Adjacent squares in a K-Map represents a
260667.
2607Consider the following program:
2608int f(int *p, int n)
2609{
2610if (n <= 1) return 0;
2611else return max ( f (p+1, n-1),p[0]-p[1]);
2612}
2613int main()
2614{
2615int a[] = {3,5,2,6,4};
2616printf("%d", f(a,5));
2617}
2618The value printed by this program is
261968.
2620If two interrupts, one of higher priority and other of lower priority occur simultaneously, then the service provided is for
262169.
2622 ____________is the first schema to be designed when you are developing a DBMS
2623
262469.
2625 ____________is the first schema to be designed when you are developing a DBMS
262670.
2627Suppose that everyone in a group of N people wants to communicate secretly with N-1 others using symmetric key cryptographic system. The communication between any two persons should not be decodable by the others in the group. The number of keys required in the system as a whole to satisfy the confidentiality requirement is
262871.
2629Minterms are arranged in map in a sequence of
263072.
2631What will be the output of the following program?
2632
2633#include
2634using namespace std;
2635
2636class x {
2637public:
2638int a;
2639x();
2640};
2641x::x() { a=10; cout<
2642class b:public x {
2643public:
2644b();
2645};
2646b::b() { a=20; cout<
2647int main ()
2648{
2649b temp;
2650return 0;
2651}
265273.
2653An optimal scheduling algorithm in terms of minimizing the average waiting time of a given set of processes is ________.
2654
265573.
2656An optimal scheduling algorithm in terms of minimizing the average waiting time of a given set of processes is ________.
265774.
2658In the IPv4 addressing format, the number of networks allowed under Class C addresses is
265975.
2660When a program tries to access a page that is mapped in address space but not loaded in physical memory, then
266176.
2662The servlet life cycle has the following cycle.
266377.
2664SQl allows duplicates tuples in relations, and correspondingly defines the multiplicity of tuples in the result of joins. Which one of the following queries always gives the same answer as the nested query shown below:
2665select * from R where a in (select S.a from S)
2666
266777.
2668SQl allows duplicates tuples in relations, and correspondingly defines the multiplicity of tuples in the result of joins. Which one of the following queries always gives the same answer as the nested query shown below:
2669select * from R where a in (select S.a from S)
267078.
2671The main difference between JK and RS flip-flop is that
267279.
2673Which of the following unit will choose to transform decimal number to binary code ?
267480.
2675The following function computes the maximum value contained in an integer array
2676p[ ] of size n (n >= 1).
2677int max(int *p, int n) {
2678int a=0, b=n-1;
2679while (__________) {
2680if (p[a] <= p[b]) { a = a+1; }
2681else { b = b-1; }
2682}
2683return p[a];
2684}
2685The missing loop condition is
268681.
2687 ICMP is primarily used for
2688
268981.
2690 ICMP is primarily used for
269182.
2692Given the following schema:employees(emp-id, first-name, last-name, hire-date,dept-id, salary)departments(dept-id, dept-name, manager-id, location-id)
2693You want to display the last names and hire dates of all latest hires in their respective departments in the location ID 1700. You issue the following query:SQL>SELECT last-name, hire-date
2694FROM employees
2695WHERE (dept-id, hire-date) IN
2696(SELECT dept-id, MAX(hire-date)
2697FROM employees JOIN departments USING(dept-id)
2698WHERE location-id = 1700
2699GROUP BY dept-id);
2700What is the outcome?
270183.
2702Which algorithm chooses the page that has not been used for the longest period of time whenever the page required to be replaced?
270384.
2704Which of the following boolean expressions is not logically equivalent to all of the rest ?
270585.
2706How many address bits are needed to select all memory locations in the 16K × 1 RAM?
2707Next
2708
270985.
2710How many address bits are needed to select all memory locations in the 16K × 1 RAM?
271186.
2712The embedded c program is converted by cross compiler to
271387.
2714TCP manages a point-to-point and _______ connection for an application between two computers
271588.
2716The best index for exact match query is
271789.
2718Assume a table Employee (Eno, Ename, Dept, Salary, Phone) with 10000 records.
2719Also assume that Employee has a non-clustering index on Salary, clustering indexes on Dept and Phone. If there is a SQL query "SELECT Eno FROM Employee WHERE Salary/12 = 10000", which of the following will happen during query execution?
2720
272189.
2722Assume a table Employee (Eno, Ename, Dept, Salary, Phone) with 10000 records.
2723Also assume that Employee has a non-clustering index on Salary, clustering indexes on Dept and Phone. If there is a SQL query "SELECT Eno FROM Employee WHERE Salary/12 = 10000", which of the following will happen during query execution?
272490.
2725Which of the following statements is true ?
272691.
2727Which standard TCP port is assigned for contacting SSH servers?
272892.
2729If the main memory is of 8K bytes and the cache memory is of 2K words. It uses associative mapping. Then each word of cache memory shall be_____.
273093.
2731What is the output of the following program?
2732
2733#include
2734using namespace std;
2735int main()
2736{
2737int x=20;
2738if(!(!x)&&x)
2739cout<<x;
2740 else
2741{
2742x=10;
2743cout<<x;
2744 return 0;
2745}}</x;
2746</x;
2747
2748
274993.
2750What is the output of the following program?
2751
2752#include
2753using namespace std;
2754int main()
2755{
2756int x=20;
2757if(!(!x)&&x)
2758cout<<x;
2759 else
2760{
2761x=10;
2762cout<<x;
2763 return 0;
2764}}</x;
2765</x;
2766
276794.
2768Consider the following function written the C programming language.
2769void foo (char * a ) {
2770if (* a && * a ! =' ' ){
2771putchar (*a);
2772}
2773}
2774}
2775The output of the above function on input ?ABCD EFGH? is
277695.
2777Consider the following schema as:
2778Product_Master (prod_id, prod_name, rate)
2779Purchase_details (prod_id, quantity, dept_no, purchase_date).
2780Choose the suitable relational algebra expressionn for Get Product_id, Product_name & quantity for all purchased products.
278196.
2782When an instruction is read from the memory, it is called
278397.
2784Let the size of congestion window of a TCP connection be 32 KB when a timeout occurs. The round trip time of the connection is 100 msec and the maximum segment size used is 2 KB. The time taken (in msec) by the TCP connection to get back to 32 KB congestion window is
2785
278697.
2787Let the size of congestion window of a TCP connection be 32 KB when a timeout occurs. The round trip time of the connection is 100 msec and the maximum segment size used is 2 KB. The time taken (in msec) by the TCP connection to get back to 32 KB congestion window is
278898.
2789The minimum number of NAND gates required to implement the Boolean function. A + AB' + AB'C is equal to
279099.
2791For a C program accessing X[i][j][k], the following intermediate code is generated by a compiler. Assume that the size of an integer is 32 bits and the size of a character is 8 bits.
2792t0 = i * 1024
2793t1 = j * 32
2794t2 = k * 4
2795t3 = t1 + t0
2796t4 = t3 + t2
2797t5 = X[t4]
2798Which one of the following statements about the source code for the C program is CORRECT?
2799100.
2800 Creating a B Tree index for your database has to specify in _____.
2801101.
2802 UDP has a smaller overhead then TCP, especially when the total size of the messages is
2803Next
2804
2805101.
2806 UDP has a smaller overhead then TCP, especially when the total size of the messages is
2807102.
2808The 16 bit flag of 8086 microprocessor is responsible to indicate --------------
2809103.
2810A solution to the Dining Philosopher?s problem which avoids Deadlock can be:
2811104.
2812The 16-bit 2?s complement representation of an integer is 1111 1111 1111 0101, its decimal representation is
2813105.
2814The OS of a computer may periodically collect all the free memory space to form contiguous block of free space. This is called
2815105.
2816The OS of a computer may periodically collect all the free memory space to form contiguous block of free space. This is called
2817106.
2818Which of the following are used to generate a message digest by the network security protocols?
2819(P) RSA (Q) SHA-1 (R) DES (S) MD5
2820107.
2821public class MyRunnable implements Runnable
2822{
2823public void run()
2824{
2825// some code here
2826}
2827}
2828
2829which of these will create and start this thread?
2830108.
2831The data manipulation language used in SQL is a,
2832(I) Procedural DML
2833(II) Non-Procedural DML
2834(III) Modification DML
2835(IV) Declarative DML
2836109.
2837Assume a relation ACCOUNT (acno, balance, type, branch, last_accessed) with 1 million records. If a SQL query "SELECT balance FROM account WHERE balance>5000" would produce 800000 records, which one of the following is the optimized version of relational algebra expressions that is equivalent to the given SQL query?
2838109.
2839Assume a relation ACCOUNT (acno, balance, type, branch, last_accessed) with 1 million records. If a SQL query "SELECT balance FROM account WHERE balance>5000" would produce 800000 records, which one of the following is the optimized version of relational algebra expressions that is equivalent to the given SQL query?
2840110.
2841DMA is useful for the operations
2842111.
2843What does the code snippet given below do?
2844void fun1(struct node* head)
2845{
2846 if(head == NULL)
2847 return;
2848
2849 fun1(head->next);
2850 printf("%d ", head->data);
2851}
2852112.
2853Data security threats include
2854113.
2855A computer system implements 8 kilobyte pages and a +32-bit physical address space. Each page table entry contains a valid bit, a dirty bit, three permission bits, and the translation. If the maximum size of the page table of a process is 24 megabytes, the length of the virtual address supported by the system is _________ bits.
2856
2857113.
2858A computer system implements 8 kilobyte pages and a +32-bit physical address space. Each page table entry contains a valid bit, a dirty bit, three permission bits, and the translation. If the maximum size of the page table of a process is 24 megabytes, the length of the virtual address supported by the system is _________ bits.
2859114.
2860General Purpose Software which creates and manipulates database is
2861115.
2862Given the following structure template, choose the correct syntax for accessing the 5th subject marks of the 3rd student.
2863struct stud
2864{
2865 int marks[6];
2866 char sname[20];
2867 char rno[10];
2868}s[10];
2869116.
2870Eight minterms will be used for
2871117.
2872Which of the following transport layer protocols is used to support electronic mail?
2873
2874117.
2875Which of the following transport layer protocols is used to support electronic mail?
2876118.
2877Three concurrent processes X, Y, and Z execute three different code segments that access and update certain shared variables. Process X executes the P operation (i.e., wait) on semaphores a, b and c; Process Y executes the P operation on semaphores b, c and d; Process Z executes the P operation on semaphores c, d, and a before entering the respective code segments. After completing the execution of its code segment, each process invokes the V operation (i.e., signal) on its three semaphores. All semaphores are binary semaphores initialized to one. Which one of the following represents a deadlock-free order of invoking the P operations by the processes?
2878119.
2879This topology requires multipoint connection
2880120.
2881Consider a join (relation algebra operation) between relations r(R)and s(S) using the nested loop method. There are 3 buffers each of size equal to disk block size, out of which one buffer is reserved for intermediate results. Assuming size(r(R))
2882121.
2883Consider the following C code segment:
2884int a, b, c = 0;
2885void prtFun(void);
2886main( )
2887{ static int a = 1; /* Line 1 */
2888prtFun( );
2889a + = 1;
2890prtFun( )
2891printf(?\n %d %d ?, a, b);
2892}
2893void prtFun(void)
2894{ static int a=2; /* Line 2 */
2895int b=1;
2896a+=++b;
2897printf(?\n %d %d ?, a, b);
2898}
2899What output will be generated by the given code segment?
2900
2901121.
2902Consider the following C code segment:
2903int a, b, c = 0;
2904void prtFun(void);
2905main( )
2906{ static int a = 1; /* Line 1 */
2907prtFun( );
2908a + = 1;
2909prtFun( )
2910printf(?\n %d %d ?, a, b);
2911}
2912void prtFun(void)
2913{ static int a=2; /* Line 2 */
2914int b=1;
2915a+=++b;
2916printf(?\n %d %d ?, a, b);
2917}
2918What output will be generated by the given code segment?
2919122.
2920Suppose a disk has 201 cylinders, numbered from 0 to 200. At some time the disk arm is at cylinder
2921100, and there is a queue of disk access requests for cylinders 30, 85, 90, 100, 105, 110, 135 and
2922145. If Shortest-Seek Time First (SSTF) is being used for scheduling the disk access, the request for
2923cylinder 90 is serviced after servicing ____________ number of requests.
2924123.
2925The number of min-terms after minimizing the following Boolean expression is _______.
2926[D'+AB'+A'C+AC'D+A'C'D]'
2927124.
2928Which of the following is NOT a superkey in a relational schema with attributes V,W,X,Y,Z and primary key V Y?
2929125.
29301024 bit is equal to how many byte
2931
2932125.
29331024 bit is equal to how many byte
2934126.
2935HTTP is ________ protocol
2936127.
2937Consider the following C program
2938#inclue
2939int main()
2940int i, j, k 0;
2941j=2*3/4+2.0 / 5+8 / 5;
2942k-= --j;
2943for (i=0; i<5; i++)
2944{
2945Switch (i + k)
2946{
2947case1:
2948case 2 : printf ("\ n%d", i+k)
2949case 3 : printf ("\ n%d", i+k);
2950default : printf ("\n%d",i+k);
2951}
2952}
2953Return 0:
2954}
2955The number of times printf statement is executed is _________.
2956128.
2957In which addressing mode the operand is given explicitly in the instruction
2958129.
2959The HTTP response message leaves out the requested object when _____ method is used
2960
2961129.
2962The HTTP response message leaves out the requested object when _____ method is used
2963130.
2964Which of the following is not a part of instruction cycle?
2965131.
2966Consider the following C
2967function.
2968int fun (int n) {
2969int x =1, k;
2970if (n ==1) return x;
2971for (k=1; k < n; ++k)
2972x = x + fun (k)* fun (n - k); return x;
2973}
2974The return value of fun (5) is _______
2975132.
2976A process executes the code
2977fork ();
2978fork ();
2979fork ();
2980The total number of child processes created is
2981133.
2982SQl allows duplicates tuples in relations, and correspondingly defines the multiplicity of tuples in the result of joins. Which one of the following queries always gives the same answer as the nested query shown below:
2983select * from R where a in (select S.a from S)
2984
2985133.
2986SQl allows duplicates tuples in relations, and correspondingly defines the multiplicity of tuples in the result of joins. Which one of the following queries always gives the same answer as the nested query shown below:
2987select * from R where a in (select S.a from S)
2988134.
2989
2990The average time required to reach a storage location in memory and obtain its contents is called the
2991135.
2992The following function computes the maximum value contained in an integer array
2993p[ ] of size n (n >= 1).
2994int max(int *p, int n) {
2995int a=0, b=n-1;
2996while (__________) {
2997if (p[a] <= p[b]) { a = a+1; }
2998else { b = b-1; }
2999}
3000return p[a];
3001}
3002The missing loop condition is
3003136.
3004The relation R={A,B,C,D,E,F} with FD A,B-> C, C-> D, C->E,F holds
3005137.
3006After fetching the instruction from the memory, the binary code of the
3007instruction goes to
3008
3009137.
3010After fetching the instruction from the memory, the binary code of the
3011instruction goes to
3012138.
3013______ cryptography refers to encryption methods in which both the sender and receiver share the same key.
3014139.
3015When CPU is executing a Program that is part of the Operating System, it is said to be in
3016140.
3017The relationship that exists within the same entity type is called as _________ relationship.
3018141.
3019Consider the following C
3020function.
3021int fun (int n) {
3022int x =1, k;
3023if (n ==1) return x;
3024for (k=1; k < n; ++k)
3025x = x + fun (k)* fun (n - k); return x;
3026}
3027The return value of fun (5) is _______
3028
3029141.
3030Consider the following C
3031function.
3032int fun (int n) {
3033int x =1, k;
3034if (n ==1) return x;
3035for (k=1; k < n; ++k)
3036x = x + fun (k)* fun (n - k); return x;
3037}
3038The return value of fun (5) is _______
3039142.
3040Flip-flops can be constructed with two
3041143.
3042Using public key cryptography, X adds a digital signature σ to message M, encrypts , and sends it to Y, where it is decrypted. Which one of the following sequences of keys is used for the operations?
3043144.
3044Consider an arbitrary set of CPU-bound processes with unequal CPU burst lengths submitted at the same time to a computer system. Which one of the following process scheduling algorithms would minimize the average waiting time in the ready queue?
3045145.
3046
3047
3048Error correction and error detection happens in ___________ layer.
3049
3050145.
3051
3052
3053Error correction and error detection happens in ___________ layer.
3054146.
3055If a hospital has to store the description of each visit of a patient according to date what attribute you will use in the patient entity type?
3056147.
3057Decimal digit in BCD can be represented by
3058148.
3059What is the return value of f(p,p) if the value of p is initialized to 5 before the call? Note
3060that the first parameter is passed by reference, whereas the second parameter is passed by value.
3061int f (int &x, int c) {
3062c=c-1;
3063if (c-0) return 1;
3064x=x+1;
3065return f (x,c)*x;}
3066149.
3067KDD (Knowledge Discovery in Databases) is referred to,
3068
3069149.
3070KDD (Knowledge Discovery in Databases) is referred to,
3071150.
3072Consider a 4-way set associative cache (initially empty) with total 16 cache blocks. The main memory consists of 256 blocks and the request for memory blocks is in the following order: 0, 255, 1, 4, 3, 8, 133, 159, 216, 129, 63, 8, 48, 32, 73, 92, 155 Which one of the following memory block will NOT be in cache if LRU replacement policy is used?
3073151.
3074Design procedure of combinational circuit involves
3075152.
3076______is used by network devices, like routers, to send error messages indicating, for example, that a requested service is not available or that a host or router could not be reached.
3077153.
3078The output of the following program is
3079main()
3080{
3081int a = 5;
3082int b = 10;
3083cout << (a>b?a:b);
3084}
3085
3086153.
3087The output of the following program is
3088main()
3089{
3090int a = 5;
3091int b = 10;
3092cout << (a>b?a:b);
3093}
3094154.
3095Consider a disk queue with requests for I/O to blocks on cylinders 47, 38, 121, 191, 87, 11,92, 10. The C-LOOK scheduling algorithm is used. The head is initially at cylinder number 63, moving towards larger cylinder numbers on its servicing pass. The cylinders are numbered from 0 to 199. The total head movement (in number of cylinders) incurred while servicing these requests is
3096155.
3097In design procedure input output values are assigned with
3098156.
3099In dynamic routing mechanism the route changes in response to _______
3100157.
3101 _______________________gives the concepts to describe the structure of the database.
3102
3103157.
3104 _______________________gives the concepts to describe the structure of the database.
3105158.
3106Mod-6 and mod-12 counters are most commonly used in
3107159.
3108The Third stage in designing a database is when we analyze our tables more closely and create a ___________ between tables.
3109160.
3110Multiplexing is used in _______
3111
3112
3113161.
3114A race condition occurs when
3115Next
3116
3117161.
3118A race condition occurs when
3119162.
3120_______ is a set of networks sharing the same routing policy
3121163.
3122The minimum number of page frames that must be allocated to a running process in a virtual memory environment is determined by
3123164.
3124Mod-6 and mod-12 counters are most commonly used in
3125165.
3126 Passing the request from one schema to another in DBMS architecture is called as ___________________
3127
3128165.
3129 Passing the request from one schema to another in DBMS architecture is called as ___________________
3130166.
3131_____, also known as "port forwarding," is the transmission of data intended for use only within a private, usually corporate network through a public network in such a way that the routing nodes in the public network are unaware that the transmission is part of a private network.
3132167.
3133. For computers based on three - address instruction formats, each address field can be used to specify which of the following:
3134S1: A memory operand
3135S2: A processor register
3136S3: An implied accumulator registers
3137168.
3138What is a trap?
3139169.
3140A relation schema R is said to be in 4NF if for every MVD x-->>y that holds over R
3141Next
3142
3143169.
3144A relation schema R is said to be in 4NF if for every MVD x-->>y that holds over R
3145170.
3146In Binary trees nodes with no successor are called ......
3147171.
3148The Snapshot of a table is called as
3149172.
3150In real time Operating System, which of the following is the most suitable scheduling scheme?
3151173.
3152Congestion control and quality of service is qualities of the
3153
3154173.
3155Congestion control and quality of service is qualities of the
3156
3157174.
3158The _________ translates a byte from one code to another code
3159175.
3160Which amongst the following refers to Absolute addressing mode
3161176.
3162_______ detects loss of data errors in data, requests retransmission of lost data, rearranges out-of-order data, and even helps minimize network congestion to reduce the occurrence of the other problems
3163177.
3164If every node u in G adjacent to every other node v in G, A graph is said to be
3165
3166177.
3167If every node u in G adjacent to every other node v in G, A graph is said to be
3168178.
3169If a virtual memory system has 4 pages in real memory and the rest must be swapped to disk. Which of the following is the hit ratio for the following page address stream. Assume memory starts empty, use the FIFO algorithm
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175179.
3176A relation R(a,b,c,d,e,f) with the FDs { a -> b,c; c -> d, e, f } satisfies ----- normal form at the most where ?a? is the primary key.
3177180.
3178On simple paging system with 224 bytes of physical memory, 256 pages of logical address space, and a page size 210 bytes, how many bytes are in a page frame?
3179181.
3180Let the size of congestion window of a TCP connection be 32 KB when a timeout occurs. The round trip time of the connection is 100 msec and the maximum segment size used is 2 KB. The time taken (in msec) by the TCP connection to get back to 32 KB congestion window is
3181
3182181.
3183Let the size of congestion window of a TCP connection be 32 KB when a timeout occurs. The round trip time of the connection is 100 msec and the maximum segment size used is 2 KB. The time taken (in msec) by the TCP connection to get back to 32 KB congestion window is
3184182.
3185Course_Info{Course_no, Sec_no, Offering_dept, Credit_hours, Course_level, Instructor_ssn, Semester, Year, Days_hours, Room_no, No_of_students}.
3186The Course_Info has following functional dependencies:
3187{Course_no}ïƒ {Offering_dept, Credit_hours, Course_level}
3188{Course_no, Sec_no, Semester, Year}ïƒ {Days_hours, Room_no, No_of_students, Instructor_ssn }
3189{Room_no, Days_hours, Semester, Year} ïƒ {Instructor_ssn, Course_no, Sec_no}
3190
3191
3192Find the keys of the relation
3193
3194183.
3195NOP instruction introduces
3196184.
3197 A binary tree in which all the leaves are on the same level is called as:
3198185.
3199The addressing mode used in an instruction of the form ADD X Y, is _____.
3200
3201185.
3202The addressing mode used in an instruction of the form ADD X Y, is _____.
3203186.
3204Which of the following are sufficient conditions for deadlock?
3205187.
3206In ORDBMS, When an object O is brought into memory, they check each oid contained in O and replace oids of in-memory objects by in-memory pointers to those objects. This concept refers to:
3207188.
3208A binary tree T has 20 leaves. The number of nodes in T having two children is
3209189.
3210How many 8-bit characters can be transmitted per second over a 9600 baud serial communication link using asynchronous mode of transmission with one start bit, eight data bits, two stop bits, and one parity bit?
3211
3212189.
3213How many 8-bit characters can be transmitted per second over a 9600 baud serial communication link using asynchronous mode of transmission with one start bit, eight data bits, two stop bits, and one parity bit?
3214190.
3215A receiving host has failed to receive all of the segments that it should acknowledge. What can the host do to improve the reliability of this communication session?
3216191.
32171. The port that is used for the generation of handshake lines in mode 1 or mode 2 is
3218192.
3219Consider the following transaction involving two bank account x and y.
3220read (x) ; x : = x ? 50; write (x) ; read (y); y : = y + 50 ; write (y)
3221The constraint that the sum of the accounts x and y should remain constant is that of
3222193.
3223A computer system implements 8 kilobyte pages and a +32-bit physical address space. Each page table entry contains a valid bit, a dirty bit, three permission bits, and the translation. If the maximum size of the page table of a process is 24 megabytes, the length of the virtual address supported by the system is _________ bits.
3224193.
3225A computer system implements 8 kilobyte pages and a +32-bit physical address space. Each page table entry contains a valid bit, a dirty bit, three permission bits, and the translation. If the maximum size of the page table of a process is 24 megabytes, the length of the virtual address supported by the system is _________ bits.
3226194.
3227What happens when you push a new node onto a stack?
3228195.
3229In 8257 register format, the selected channel is disabled after the terminal count condition is reached when
3230196.
3231____ users work on canned transactions
3232197.
3233Which of the following information is not part of Process Control Block?
3234(i) Process State
3235(ii) Process Page table
3236(iii) List of Open files
3237(iv) Stack Pointer
3238
3239197.
3240Which of the following information is not part of Process Control Block?
3241(i) Process State
3242(ii) Process Page table
3243(iii) List of Open files
3244(iv) Stack Pointer
3245198.
3246The recurrence relation capturing the optimal execution time of the Towers of Hanoi problem with n discs is
3247199.
3248For the IEEE 802.11 MAC protocol for wireless communication, which of the following statements is/are TRUE ?
3249I. At least three non-overlapping channels are available for transmissions.
3250II. The RTS-CTS mechanism is used for collision detection.
3251III.Unicast frames are ACKed.
3252200.
3253Partial Degree of multiprogramming is controlled by
3254201.
3255Consider the following four schedules due to three transactions (indicated by the subscript) using read and write on a data item x, denoted by r(x) and w(x) respectively. Which one of them is conflict serializable?
3256
3257201.
3258Consider the following four schedules due to three transactions (indicated by the subscript) using read and write on a data item x, denoted by r(x) and w(x) respectively. Which one of them is conflict serializable?
3259202.
3260If a , b , c, are three nodes connected in sequence in a singly linked list, what is the statement to be added to change this into a circular linked list?
3261203.
3262The effective address of the following instruction is , MUL 5(R1,R2)
3263204.
3264X.25 Networks are ________ networks
3265205.
3266When several processes access the same data concurrently and the outcome of the execution depends on the particular order in which the access takes place, is called
3267
3268205.
3269When several processes access the same data concurrently and the outcome of the execution depends on the particular order in which the access takes place, is called
3270206.
3271Which one of the following protocols is NOT used to resolve one form of address to another one?
3272207.
3273Consider the following function written the C programming language.
3274void foo (char * a ) {
3275if (* a && * a ! =' ' ){
3276putchar (*a);
3277}
3278}
3279}
3280The output of the above function on input ?ABCD EFGH? is
3281208.
3282Consider a schedule S1 given below;
3283R1(A); W1(A); R2(B); R2(A); R1(B); W2(A+B); W1(B); where R1 and W1 are read and write operations of transaction T1 and R2 and W2 are read and write operations of transaction T2.
3284Which of the following is correct regarding schedule S1?
3285
3286209.
3287The effective address of the following instruction is , MUL 5(R1,R2)
3288
3289209.
3290The effective address of the following instruction is , MUL 5(R1,R2)
3291210.
3292The degree of a leaf node is:
3293211.
3294The instructions which copy information from one location to another either in the processor’s internal register set or in the external main memory are called
3295
3296212.
3297State the type of multitasking supported by OS when process switched its state from 'Running' to 'Ready' due to scheduling act.
3298213.
3299End-to-end connectivity is provided from host-to-host in:
3300
3301213.
3302End-to-end connectivity is provided from host-to-host in:
3303214.
3304An index is clustered, if
3305215.
3306Creating a B Tree index for your database has to be specified in _____.
3307216.
3308The protocol data unit (PDU) for the application layer in the Internet stack is
3309217.
3310The post order traversal of binary tree is DEBFCA. Find out the pre order traversal.
3311
3312217.
3313The post order traversal of binary tree is DEBFCA. Find out the pre order traversal.
3314218.
3315Consider six memory partitions of sizes 200 KB, 400 KB, 600 KB, 500 KB, 300 KB and 250KB, where KB refers to kilobyte. These partitions need to be allotted to four processes of sizes 357 KB, 210KB, 468 KB and 491 KB in that order. If the best fit algorithm is used, which partitions are NOT allotted to any process?
3316219.
3317PSW is saved in stack when there is a
3318220.
3319Error detection at the data link layer is achieved by?
3320
3321
3322
3323221.
3324Which of the following is not a function of a DBA?
3325
3326221.
3327Which of the following is not a function of a DBA?
3328222.
3329A system uses 3 page frames for storing process pages in main memory. It uses the Least
3330Recently Used (LRU) page replacement policy. Assume that all the page frames are
3331initially empty. What is the total number of page faults that will occur while processing the page reference string given below?
33324, 7, 6, 1, 7, 6, 1, 2, 7, 2
3333223.
3334What is the postfix expression for the following infix expression?
3335 Infix = a+b%c>d
3336224.
3337What is a trap?
3338225.
3339Consider a computer system with 40-bit virtual addressing and page size of sixteen kilobytes. If the computer system has a one-level page table per process and each page table entry requires 48 bits, then the size of the per-process page table is __________ megabytes.
3340
3341225.
3342Consider a computer system with 40-bit virtual addressing and page size of sixteen kilobytes. If the computer system has a one-level page table per process and each page table entry requires 48 bits, then the size of the per-process page table is __________ megabytes.
3343226.
3344 Passing the request from one schema to another in DBMS architecture is called as ___________________
3345227.
3346Computers use addressing mode techniques for _____________________.
3347228.
3348Loss in signal power as light travels down the fiber is called?
3349229.
3350A binary tree T has 20 leaves. The number of nodes in T having two children is
3351
3352229.
3353A binary tree T has 20 leaves. The number of nodes in T having two children is
3354230.
3355Which of the following is NOT a superkey in a relational schema with attributes V,W,X,Y,Z and primary key V Y?
3356231.
3357Computers use addressing mode techniques for _____________________.
3358232.
3359In OSI model dialogue control and token management are responsibilities of ?
3360
3361
3362233.
3363Which of the following is example of in-place algorithm?
3364
3365233.
3366Which of the following is example of in-place algorithm?
3367234.
3368Consider the 3 process, P1, P2 and P3 shown in the table.
3369Process Arrival time Time units Required
3370P1 0 5
3371P2 1 7
3372P3 3 4
3373The completion order of the 3 processes under the policies FCFS and RR2 (round robin scheduling) with CPU quantum of 2 time units are
3374235.
3375A scheduling algorithm assigns priority proportional to the waiting time of a process. Every process starts with priority zero(the lowest priority). The scheduler re-evaluates the process priorities every T time units and decides the next process to schedule. Which one of the following is TRUE if the processes have no I/O operations and all arrive at time zero?
3376236.
3377Which of the following operator in SQL would produce the following result if applied between two relations Employee and Department?
3378
3379Eno EName DeptNo DName
3380111 Kumar 100 Sales
3381222 Steve 200 Finance
3382Null Null 300 Admn
3383244 Meera 400 Mktg
3384237.
3385The run time of the following algorithm is
3386Procedure A(n)
3387If(n<=2) return(1)
3388Else return(A(sqrt(n))
3389
3390237.
3391The run time of the following algorithm is
3392Procedure A(n)
3393If(n<=2) return(1)
3394Else return(A(sqrt(n))
3395238.
3396The address to the next instruction lies in
3397239.
3398Which protocol does Ping use?
3399
3400240.
3401What is the unique characteristic of RAID 6 ?
3402241.
3403The process related to process control, file management, device management, information about system and communication that is requested by any higher level language can be performed by __________.
3404
3405241.
3406The process related to process control, file management, device management, information about system and communication that is requested by any higher level language can be performed by __________.
3407242.
3408Consider a dynamic queue with two pointers: front and rear. What is the time needed to insert an element in a queue of length of n?
3409243.
3410Which of the following address modes calculate the effective address as
3411address part of the instruction) + (content of CPU register)
3412244.
3413If CurrNode pointer points to the previous node in the list and NewNode points to the newly created Node, the address assignments to be done for inserting a node in the middle of a singly linked list is
3414245.
3415A group of bits that tell the computer to perform a specific operation is known as
3416
3417245.
3418A group of bits that tell the computer to perform a specific operation is known as
3419246.
3420On simple paging system with 224 bytes of physical memory, 256 pages of logical address space, and a page size 210 bytes, how many bytes are in a page frame?
3421247.
3422A 2 km long brodcast LAN has 107 bps bandwidth and uses CSMA/ CD. The signal travels along the wire at 2 *10 ^8 m/s. What is the minimum packet size that can be used on this network ?
3423
3424248.
3425The data manipulation language used in SQL is a,
3426(I) Procedural DML
3427(II) Non-Procedural DML
3428(III) Modification DML
3429(IV) Declarative DML
3430249.
3431Consider the following pseudo code fragment:
3432printf (“Helloâ€);
3433if(!fork( ))
3434printf(“Worldâ€);
3435Which of the following is the output of the code fragment?
3436
3437249.
3438Consider the following pseudo code fragment:
3439printf (“Helloâ€);
3440if(!fork( ))
3441printf(“Worldâ€);
3442Which of the following is the output of the code fragment?
3443
3444250.
3445The time factor when determining the efficiency of algorithm is measured by
3446251.
3447How many 8-bit characters can be transmitted per second over a 9600 baud serial communication link using asynchronous mode of transmission with one start bit, eight data bits, and one parity bit ?
3448
3449252.
3450When we use auto increment or auto decrement, which of the following is/are true
34511) In both, the address is used to retrieve the operand and then the address gets altered.
34522) In auto increment the operand is retrieved first and then the address altered.
34533) Both of them can be used on general purpose registers as well as memory locations.
3454253.
3455Having clause in SQL occurs with
3456253.
3457Having clause in SQL occurs with
3458254.
3459One that is not type of flipflop is
3460255.
3461If a node having two children is deleted from a BST, it is replaced by its
3462256.
3463The best way to retrieve todays date in DBMS is
3464257.
3465The address resolution protoc0l (ARP) is used for
3466257.
3467The address resolution protoc0l (ARP) is used for
3468
3469258.
34707. There are ‘m’ processes and ‘n’ instances of a Resource provided. Each process needs ‘P’ instances of the resource. In which case deadlock will never occur?
3471259.
3472Which of the process transition is invalid?
3473260.
3474All the functions of the ports of 8255 are achieved by programming the bits of an internal register called
3475261.
3476Which of the following algorithm is not stable?
3477
3478261.
3479Which of the following algorithm is not stable?
3480262.
3481An organization has a class B network and wishes to form subnets for 64 departments. The subnet mask would be
3482263.
3483R right outer join S on a=b gives
3484264.
3485In a packet switching network, packets are routed from source to destination along a single path having two intermediate node. If the message size is 24 bytes and each packet contains a header of 3 bytes, then the optimum packet size is
3486
3487265.
3488The process in which of the following states will be in secondary memory?
3489
3490265.
3491The process in which of the following states will be in secondary memory?
3492266.
3493The number of counters that are present in the programmable timer device 8254 is
3494267.
3495 _______________________gives the concepts to describe the structure of the database.
3496268.
3497Identify the sorting technique that supports divide and conquer strategy and has (n2) complexity in worst case
3498269.
3499Given the basic ER and relational models, which of the following is INCORRECT?
3500
3501269.
3502Given the basic ER and relational models, which of the following is INCORRECT?
3503270.
3504If a disk has a seek time of 20ms, rotates 20 revolutions per second, has 100 words per block, and each track has capacity of 300 words. Then the total time required to access one block is
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511271.
3512Station A uses 32 byte packets to transmit messages to Station B using a sliding window protocol. The round trip delay between A and B is 80 milliseconds and the bottleneck bankwidth on the path between aA and B is 128 kbps. What is the optimal window size that A should use ?
3513
3514272.
3515The searching technique that takes O (1) time to find a data is
3516273.
3517The data bus buffer is controlled by
3518
3519273.
3520The data bus buffer is controlled by
3521274.
3522In control word register, if SC1=0 and SC0=1, then the counter selected is
3523275.
3524Information about a process is maintained in a _________.
3525
3526
3527276.
3528Which of the following is not a conversion function in SQL?
3529277.
3530Two computers C1 and C2 are configured as follows. C1 has IP address 203. 197.2.53 and netmask 255.255. 128.0. C2 has IP address 203.197.75.201 and netmask 255.255.192.0. Which one of the following statements is true?
3531
3532277.
3533Two computers C1 and C2 are configured as follows. C1 has IP address 203. 197.2.53 and netmask 255.255. 128.0. C2 has IP address 203.197.75.201 and netmask 255.255.192.0. Which one of the following statements is true?
3534
3535278.
3536AVL trees have a faster __________
3537279.
3538Which level of RAID refers to disk mirroring with block striping?
3539280.
3540The counter starts counting only if
3541281.
3542Station A needs to send a message consisting of 9 packets to Station B using a siding window (window size 3) and go-back-n error control strategy. All packets are ready and immediately available for transmission. If every 5th packet that A transmits gets lost (but no acks from B ever get lost), then what is the number of packets that A will transmit for sending the message to B ?
3543
3544281.
3545Station A needs to send a message consisting of 9 packets to Station B using a siding window (window size 3) and go-back-n error control strategy. All packets are ready and immediately available for transmission. If every 5th packet that A transmits gets lost (but no acks from B ever get lost), then what is the number of packets that A will transmit for sending the message to B ?
3546
3547282.
3548The time required in worst case for search operation in binary tree is
3549283.
3550Which of the following is shared between all of the threads in a process? Assume a kernel level thread implementation.
3551284.
3552Which of the following is not true of virtual memory?
3553285.
3554 To change the access path programs are categorized under __________ data independence.
3555
3556285.
3557 To change the access path programs are categorized under __________ data independence.
3558286.
3559When an instruction is read from the memory, it is called
3560287.
3561Identify the data structure which allows deletions at both ends of the list but insertion at only one end
3562288.
3563In a token ring network the transmission speed is 10 bps and the propagation speed is 200 metres/ s μ . The 1-bit delay in this network is equivalent to;
3564289.
3565The address of a class B host is to be split into subnets with a 6-bit subnet number. What is the maximum number of subnets and the maximum number of hosts in each subnet?
3566289.
3567The address of a class B host is to be split into subnets with a 6-bit subnet number. What is the maximum number of subnets and the maximum number of hosts in each subnet?
3568
3569290.
3570What are the desirable properties of a transaction?
3571291.
3572A Boolean function may be transformed into
3573292.
3574The time required in worst case for search operation in binary tree is
3575293.
3576The average time required to reach a storage location in memory and obtain its contents is called the
3577
3578293.
3579The average time required to reach a storage location in memory and obtain its contents is called the
3580294.
3581In the slow start phase of TCP congesting control algorithm, the size of the congestion window
3582
3583295.
3584Shift registers are used for
3585296.
3586To represent hierarchical relationship between elements, which data structure is suitable?
3587297.
3588If a transaction T has obtained an exclusive lock on item Q, then T can
3589
3590297.
3591If a transaction T has obtained an exclusive lock on item Q, then T can
3592298.
3593Operating System
3594
35951. Assume that ?C? is a Counting Semaphore initialized to value ?10?. Consider the following program segment:
3596P(C); V(C); P(C); P(C); P(C); V(C); V(C)
3597V(C); V(C); V(C); P(C); V(C); V(C); P(C)
3598What is the value of C?
3599299.
3600If two relations R and S are joined, then the non matching tuples of both R and S are
3601ignored in
3602300.
3603Two variables will be represented by
3604301.
3605If a class B network on the Internet has a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0, what is the maximum number of hosts per subnet?
3606
3607301.
3608If a class B network on the Internet has a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0, what is the maximum number of hosts per subnet?
3609
3610302.
3611A binary search tree is generated by inserting in order the following integers 50, 15, 62, 5, 20, 58, 91, 3, 8, 37, 60, 24. The number of nodes in the left subtree and right subtree of the root respectively are
3612303.
3613Mutual exclusion problem occurs between
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619304.
3620The amount of time required to read a block of data from a disk into memory is composed of seek time, rotational latency, and transfer time. Rotational latency refers to ______.
3621305.
3622A binary tree in which every non-leaf node has non-empty left and right subtrees is called a strictly binary tree. Such a tree with 10 leaves
3623
3624305.
3625A binary tree in which every non-leaf node has non-empty left and right subtrees is called a strictly binary tree. Such a tree with 10 leaves
3626306.
3627The FD A → B , DB→ C implies
3628307.
3629A computer on a 10Mbps network is regulated by atoken bucket. The token bucket is filled at a rate of 2Mbps. It is initially filled to capacity with 16Megabits. What is the maximum duration for which the computer can transmit at the full 10Mbps?
3630
3631308.
3632The base (or radix) of the number system such that the equation 312/20=13.1 holds is
3633309.
3634A 20-bit address bus allows access to a memory of capacity
3635
3636309.
3637A 20-bit address bus allows access to a memory of capacity
3638310.
3639The removal of process from active contention of CPU and reintroduce them into memory later is known as ____________.
3640
3641311.
3642For which one of the following reason: does Internet Protocol (IP) use the time-to-live (TTL) field in the IP datagram header?
3643
3644312.
3645The recurrence relation that arises in relation with the complexity of binary search is
3646313.
3647Consider a relation R (A, B). If A ïƒ B is a trivial functional dependency and A is the super key for R, then what is the maximum normal form R can be in?
3648
3649313.
3650Consider a relation R (A, B). If A ïƒ B is a trivial functional dependency and A is the super key for R, then what is the maximum normal form R can be in?
3651314.
3652The algorithm design technique used in the quick sort algorithm is
3653315.
3654Which of the following is a disadvantage of file processing system?
3655(I) Efficiency of high level programming,
3656(II) Data Isolation
3657(III) Integrity issues
3658(IV) Storing of records as files
3659
3660316.
3661If the offset of the operand is stored in one of the index registers, then it is
3662317.
3663Which of the following assertions is false about the internet Protocol (IP) ?
3664
3665317.
3666Which of the following assertions is false about the internet Protocol (IP) ?
3667318.
3668The technique, for sharing the time of a computer among several jobs, which switches jobs so rapidly such that each job appears to have the computer to itself, is called
3669319.
3670The operating system of a computer serves as a software interface between the user and the ________.
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676320.
3677The common register(s) for all the four channels of 8257 are
3678321.
3679If Human voice is required to be digitized what will be the bit rate at 16 bits per sample?
3680
3681321.
3682If Human voice is required to be digitized what will be the bit rate at 16 bits per sample?
3683322.
3684The data manipulation language used in SQL is a,
3685323.
3686Consider the tree arcs of a BFS traversal from a source node W in an unweighted, connected, undirected graph. The tree T formed by the tree arcs is a data structure for computing
3687324.
3688Which of the following is not a data copy/transfer instruction?
3689325.
3690 A full binary tree with n leaves contains
3691
3692 .
3693
3694
3695325.
3696 A full binary tree with n leaves contains
3697
3698 .
3699
3700326.
3701Six channels, each with a 200 khz bandwidth are to be multiplexed together. what is the minimum bandwidth requirement if each guard band is 20Khz
3702327.
3703Which of the following is not a function of a DBA?
3704328.
3705The collection of processes on the disk that is waiting to be brought into memory for execution forms the ___________
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711329.
3712Assume a relation R with keys X, Y and Z, where X, Y, and Z are sets of one or more attributes. Also assume that Y is a subset or equal to X and Z is a subset of X and Y. Which of the following is true for this case?
3713
3714329.
3715Assume a relation R with keys X, Y and Z, where X, Y, and Z are sets of one or more attributes. Also assume that Y is a subset or equal to X and Z is a subset of X and Y. Which of the following is true for this case?
3716330.
3717In DMA transfers, the required signals and addresses are given by the______
3718331.
3719Which of these multiplexing techniques is digital for combining several low -rate channels into one high-rate one
3720332.
3721The part of the operating system that coordinates the activities of other program is called the
3722333.
3723 The complexity of multiplying two matrices of order m*n and n*p is
3724
3725
3726333.
3727 The complexity of multiplying two matrices of order m*n and n*p is
3728
3729334.
3730The minimum number of JK flip-flops required to construct a synchronous counter with the count sequence (0,0, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 0, 0,…….) is
3731335.
3732Assume relations R and S with the schemas R (A, B, C) and S (B, D). Which of the following is equivalent to r ⋈ s?
3733336.
3734Switching the CPU to another Process requires saving state of the old process and loading new process state is called as __________.
3735
3736337.
3737A binary tree T has 20 leaves. The number of nodes in T having two children is
3738
3739337.
3740A binary tree T has 20 leaves. The number of nodes in T having two children is
3741338.
3742What are the three phases in virtual circuit switching?
3743339.
3744Consider a relational table with the schema R (A, B, C). Assume that the cardinality of attribute A is 10, B is 20, and C is 5. What is the maximum number of records R can have without duplicate?
3745340.
3746Consider six memory partitions of sizes 200 KB, 400 KB, 600 KB, 500 KB, 300 KB and 250KB, where KB refers to kilobyte. These partitions need to be allotted to four processes of sizes 357 KB, 210KB, 468 KB and 491 KB in that order. If the best fit algorithm is used, which partitions are NOT allotted to any process?
3747341.
3748Which of the following asymptotic notation is the worst among all?
3749
3750341.
3751Which of the following asymptotic notation is the worst among all?
3752342.
3753Which of the following is a bit rate of an 8-PSK signal having 2500 Hz bandwidth ?
3754343.
3755A half adder is implemented with XOR and AND gates. A full adder is implemented with two half adders and one OR gate. The propagation delay of an XOR gate is twice that of an AND/OR gate. The propagation delay of an AND/OR gate is 1.2 microseconds. A 4-bit ripple-carry binary adder is implemented by using four full adders. The total propagation time
3756of this 4-bit binary adder in microseconds is ____________.
3757344.
3758Which of the following operator in SQL would produce the following result if applied between two relations Employee and Department?
3759Eno EName DeptNo DName
3760111 Kumar 100 Sales
3761222 Steve 200 Finance
3762Null Null 300 Admn
3763244 Meera 400 Mktg
3764
3765345.
3766Virtual memory is __________.
3767
3768
3769345.
3770Virtual memory is __________.
3771
3772346.
3773The postfix expression of the given infix expression a+b*c+(d*e+f)*g is
3774347.
3775Given the IP address 201.14.78.65 and the subnet mask 255.255.255.224. What is the subnet address ?
3776348.
3777The truth table
3778X Y f(X,Y)
37790 0 0
37800 1 0
37811 0 1
37821 1 1
3783represents the Boolean function
3784349.
3785For non-negative functions, f(n) and g(n), f(n) is theta of g(n) if and only if
3786
3787349.
3788For non-negative functions, f(n) and g(n), f(n) is theta of g(n) if and only if
3789350.
3790Suppose a disk has 201 cylinders, numbered from 0 to 200. At some time the disk arm is at cylinder
3791100, and there is a queue of disk access requests for cylinders 30, 85, 90, 100, 105, 110, 135 and
3792145. If Shortest-Seek Time First (SSTF) is being used for scheduling the disk access, the request for
3793cylinder 90 is serviced after servicing ____________ number of requests.
3794351.
3795Consider a disk with following specification; sector size - 512 bytes, tracks per surface - 2000, sectors per track - 60, double-sided platters - 4, and average seek time - 20 msec. For a 5400 rpm hard disk for one revolution, if a single track of data can be transferred, then what is the transfer rate? – Ans. 2792 Kbytes per sec.
3796352.
3797If the data unit is 111111 and the divisor is 1010. In CRC method, what is the dividend at the transmission before division ?Ans. 111111000
3798
3799353.
3800We want to design a synchronous counter that counts the sequence 0-1-0-2-0-3 and then repeats. The minimum number of J-K flip-flops required to implement this counter isAns. 4
3801354.
3802How many address bits are needed to select all memory locations in the 16K × 1 RAM?Ans. 14
3803355.
3804_________ register keeps track of the instructions stored in program stored in memory. Ans.PC (Program Counter)
3805356.
3806The output after second iteration of the sorting technique is given below. Identify the technique used 23 45 78 8 32 56 Ans. Bubble sort
3807357.
3808Assume that a table CUSTOMER has 10000 records. If the block size 1024 bytes and the record size is 80 bytes, how many records can be stored in each block to achieve maximum performance and how many blocks are required to store the entire table?
3809358.
3810which type of EM waves are used for unicast communication such as cellular telephones, satellite networks and wireless LANS. Ans. MicroWaves
3811359.
38121024 bit is equal to how many byteAns. 128
3813360.
3814Consider a relation R (A, B, C, D, E) with set of functional dependencies F = {Aïƒ BC, CDïƒ E, Bïƒ D, Eïƒ A}. Which of the following is one of the candidate keys of R? Ans. - A, E, CD, and BC
3815
3816361.
3817A method which creates the problem of secondary clustering isAns. - Quadratic Probing
3818362.
3819The technique, for sharing the time of a computer among several jobs, which switches jobs so rapidly such that each job appears to have the computer to itself, is calledAns. Time sharing
3820363.
3821In stop and wait ARQ, the sequence numbers are generated using Ans. - Modulo – 2 arithmetic operations
3822364.
3823Mac Operating system is developed by which companyAns. Apple Inc.
3824
3825365.
3826Find the time complexity of given code snippet
3827 for(int i=1;i<=n;i++)
3828 for(int j=1;j<=n;j*=2)
3829 Printf(“*â€);
3830366.
3831How many ways are present in 4-way set associative cache of 16 sets?
3832367.
3833Given R = ABCDEFGH and set of functional dependencies F = {BHïƒ C, BHïƒ F, Eïƒ F, Aïƒ D, Fïƒ A, BHïƒ E, Cïƒ E, Fïƒ D}, which of the following is redundant set of functional dependencies?
3834368.
3835Which of these is true for go-back-N protocol, if m is the size of sequence number field , Ans. - ‘m’ should be greater than or equal to the sum of sender and reciever window size
3836369.
3837RS flip-flops are also calledAns. - RS Latch
3838370.
3839In the running state, Ans. - only the process which has control of the processor is found
3840371.
3841void Function(int n)
3842{
3843int i, count =0;;
3844for(i=1; i*i<=n; i++)
3845count++;
3846}
3847The time complexity of the above code snippet is
3848372.
3849Consider the entities customer (customer-name, customer-city,customer-street) and account( account-no,balance) with following relationship
3850If depositor is a one-to-many relationship from account to customer, then this ER diagram can be reduced to which of the following relational schemas?
3851373.
3852To guarantee the detection of up to s errors in all cases, the minimum Hamming distance in a block code must be Ans. - s+1
3853
3854374.
3855The conjunctive selection operation σθ1∧θ2 (E) is equivalent to Ans. - σθ1(σθ2 (E))
3856375.
3857The 1-address instructions for a=b*c + d is
3858376.
3859A critical region is Ans. - a set of instructions that access common shared resource which exclude one another in time
3860377.
3861Consider this binary search tree:
3862 14
3863 / \
3864 2 16
3865 / \
3866 1 5
3867 /
3868 4
3869Suppose we remove the root, replacing it with something from the left
3870378.
3871Which of the following is not used for synchronization? Ans. - Thread / pipe / Socket(Semaphore is used for Synchronization)
3872379.
3873What is maximum throughput for slotted ALOHA ? Ans. - 0.184 when G=1/2
3874380.
3875While inserting the elements 71,65,84,69,67,83 in an empty binary search tree (BST) in the sequence shown, the element in the lowest level is Ans.- 67
3876381.
3877The number of inputs, minterms in full adder is
3878
3879382.
3880Which of the following concurrency control mechanisms insist unlocking of all read and write locks of transactions at the end of commit?
3881383.
3882The main function of dispatcher is: is assigning ready process to the CPU.
3883384.
3884A complex low pass signal has a bandwidth of 100kHz. What is the minimum sampling rate for this signal Ans. –
3885The bandwidth of a low-pass signal is between 0 and f, where f is the maximum frequency in the signal. Therefore, we can sample this signal at 2 times the highest frequency (200 kHz). The sampling rate is therefore400,000 samples per second.
3886
3887385.
3888
3889Which of the following sorting algorithms has the lowest worst-case complexity?Merge Sort
3890386.
3891The process of analyzing the given relation schemas based on their functional
3892dependencies is known asNormalization
3893387.
3894 The major difference between a moore and mealy machine is that
3895In a Mealy machine, instead, it is associated to both a state and a specific input. Moore machine output is a function only of the state of the machine, Mealy machine output is a function of the state of the machine and its inputs.
3896388.
3897Consider n processes sharing the CPU in a round robin fashion. Assume that the context switch takes s seconds. What must be the quantum q such that the overhead of context switching is minimized and at same time each process is getting guaranteed execution on the CPU atleast once in every t seconds? Ans. – q ≤ t−ns/n−1
3898
3899389.
3900What is the difference between CSMA/CD and ALOHA?
3901Main difference between Aloha and CSMA is that Aloha protocol does not try to detect whether the channel is free before transmitting but the CSMA protocol verifies that the channel is free before transmitting data. Thus CSMA protocol avoids clashes before they happen while Aloha protocol detects that a channel is busy only after a clash happens. Due to this, CSMA is more suitable for networks such as Ethernet where multiple sources and destinations use the same channel.
3902390.
3903Which one of the following is the recurrence equation for the worst case time complexity of the Quicksort algorithm for sorting n(≥ 2) numbers? In the recurrence equations given in the options below, c is a constant.
3904Ans. T(n) = T(n – 1) + T(0) + cn
3905391.
3906What operator performs pattern matching?Ans. LIKE
3907392.
3908X=1010100 and Y=1000011 using 2's complement X-Y is Ans. 10001
3909
3910393.
3911If user A wants to send an encrypted message to user B. The plain text of A is encrypted with the Ans. - public key of user B
3912
3913394.
3914A heap memory area is used to store thedynamic memory allocation
3915395.
3916Identify the minimal key for relational scheme R(A, B, C, D, E) with functional
3917dependencies F = {A → B, B → C, AC → D}
3918396.
3919What is the content of Stack Pointer (SP)? Ans. - Address of the top element of the stack
3920
3921397.
3922Suppose T is a binary tree with 14 nodes. What is the minimum possible depth of T? Ans. - 3
3923398.
3924The minimum number of JK flip-flops required to construct a synchronous counter with the count sequence (0,0, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 0, 0,??.) is Ans. - 3
3925399.
3926 For an undirected graph with n vertices and e edges, the sum of the degree of each vertex isequal toAns. 2E
3927400.
3928The best normal form of relation scheme R (A, B, C, D) along with the set of functionaldependencies F = {AB →C, AB → D, C → A, D → B} is Ans. - Third Normal form
3929
3930401.
3931Programs tend to make memory accesses that are in proximity of previous access this is called
3932
3933401.
3934Programs tend to make memory accesses that are in proximity of previous access this is called
3935402.
3936________ scheduler selects the jobs from the pool of jobs and loads into the ready queue.
3937403.
3938Which of the following disk seek algorithms would be the best choice to implement in a system that services an average of 5 disk requests per second?
3939404.
3940What happens to destination address in the header of a packet in a datagram network ?
3941405.
3942___________ mechanism is used for converting a weak entity set into
3943strong entity set in entity-relationship diagram
3944
3945405.
3946___________ mechanism is used for converting a weak entity set into
3947strong entity set in entity-relationship diagram
3948406.
3949Mnemonic codes and variable names are used in
3950407.
3951Time required to merge two sorted lists of size m and n, is
3952408.
3953Division operation is ideally suited to handle queries of the type:
3954
3955
3956409.
3957Bayone-Neill-Concelman(BNC) connectors are used with which type of cables
3958
3959409.
3960Bayone-Neill-Concelman(BNC) connectors are used with which type of cables
3961410.
3962_________ register keeps track of the instructions stored in program stored in memory.
3963411.
3964What data structure is used for depth first traversal of a graph?
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969412.
3970Which of the following disk seek algorithms has the most variability in response time?
3971413.
3972Graph traversal is different from a tree traversal, because
3973
3974413.
3975Graph traversal is different from a tree traversal, because
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980414.
3981Which of the following instructions should be allowed only in Kernel Mode?
3982415.
3983A clustering index is created when _______.
3984416.
3985One operation that is not given by magnitude comparator
3986417.
3987In TDM Data rate management is done by which of these strategies
3988Next
3989
3990417.
3991In TDM Data rate management is done by which of these strategies
3992418.
3993Which of these is correct for synchronous Time Division Multiplexing
3994419.
3995Re-balancing of AVL tree costs
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000420.
4001Supervisor call
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006421.
4007After fetching the instruction from the memory, the binary code of the
4008instruction goes to
4009
4010421.
4011After fetching the instruction from the memory, the binary code of the
4012instruction goes to
4013422.
4014Consider a B+ tree in which the search Answer is 12 bytes long, block size is 1024 bytes,record pointer is 10 bytes long and block pointer is 8 bytes long. The maximum number of keys that can be accommodated in each non-leaf node of the tree is ____ .
4015423.
4016Table that is not a part of asynchronous analysis procedure
4017424.
4018How many swaps are required to sort the given array using bubble sort - { 2, 5, 1, 3, 4}
4019425.
4020In communication satellite, multiple repeaters are known as?
4021Next
4022
4023425.
4024In communication satellite, multiple repeaters are known as?
4025426.
4026Paging suffer from ………………..
4027427.
4028This Key Uniquely Identifies Each Record
4029428.
4030Error detection at the data link layer is achieved by?
4031429.
4032_________ register keeps track of the instructions stored in program stored in
4033memory.
4034429.
4035_________ register keeps track of the instructions stored in program stored in
4036memory.
4037430.
4038Which of the following provides interface (UI) between user and OS
4039431.
4040The O notation in asymptotic evaluation represents
4041432.
4042Which of the following is not a function of a DBA?
4043433.
4044Recursion uses more memory space than iteration because
4045
4046
4047433.
4048Recursion uses more memory space than iteration because
4049
4050434.
4051Assume a relation R with keys X, Y and Z, where X, Y, and Z are sets of one or more attributes. Also assume that Y is a subset or equal to X and Z is a subset of X and Y. Which of the following is true for this case?
4052435.
4053Baud means?
4054436.
4055A group of bits that tell the computer to perform a specific operation is known as
4056437.
4057What is a shell ?
4058
4059437.
4060What is a shell ?
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067438.
4068A system has a resource ‘Z’ with 20 instances; each process needs 5 instances to complete its execution. What is the minimum process in the system that may cause deadlock?
4069439.
4070You have 10 users plugged into a hub running 10Mbps half-duplex. There is a server connected to the switch running 10Mbps half-duplex as well. How much bandwidth does each host have to the server?
4071440.
4072We want to design a synchronous counter that counts the sequence 0-1-0-2-0-3 and then repeats. The minimum number of J-K flip-flops required to implement this counter is
4073441.
4074The constraint ?primary key cannot be null? is called as?
4075
4076441.
4077The constraint ?primary key cannot be null? is called as?
4078442.
4079A priority queue is implemented as a Max-Heap. Initially, it has 5 elements. The level-order traversal of the heap is: 10, 8, 5, 3, 2. Two new elements 1 and 7 are inserted into the heap in that order. The level-order traversal of the heap after the insertion of the elements is:
4080443.
4081A station in a network forwards incoming packets by placing them on its shortest output queue. What routing algorithm is being used?
4082444.
4083In Multi-Processing Operating Systems:
4084445.
4085 A circuit produces 1's complement of the input word, one application is binary subtraction. It is called
4086
4087445.
4088 A circuit produces 1's complement of the input word, one application is binary subtraction. It is called
4089446.
4090The cartesian product ,followed by select is equivalent to
4091447.
4092Assume that a mergesort algorithm in the worst case takes 30 second for an input of size 64. Which of the following most closely approximates the maximum input size of a problem that can be solved in 6 minutes?
4093448.
4094Consider the virtual page reference string
40951,2,3,2,4,1,3,2,4,1
4096on a demand paged virtual memory system running on a computer system that has main memory size of 3 page frames which are initially empty. Let LRU, FIFO and OPTIMAL denote the number of page faults under the corresponding page replacement policy. Then
4097449.
4098If a , b , c, are three nodes connected in sequence in a singly linked list, what is the statement to be added to change this into a circular linked list?
4099
4100449.
4101If a , b , c, are three nodes connected in sequence in a singly linked list, what is the statement to be added to change this into a circular linked list?
4102450.
4103In a digital counter circuit feedback loop is introduced to
4104451.
4105The Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)
4106452.
4107A data dictionary does not provide information about
4108453.
4109How many illegitimate states has synchronous mod-6 counter ?
4110Next
4111
4112453.
4113How many illegitimate states has synchronous mod-6 counter ?
4114454.
4115Which scheduling policy is most suitable for a time-shared operating system?
4116455.
4117Which of the following RDBMS does not incorporate relational algebra
4118456.
4119Which of the following technique is used for fragment?
4120457.
4121For the array (77 ,62,114,80,9,30,99), write the order of the elements after two passes using the Radix sort
4122
4123457.
4124For the array (77 ,62,114,80,9,30,99), write the order of the elements after two passes using the Radix sort
4125458.
4126Round robin scheduling is essentially the preemptive version of __________
4127459.
4128A ring counter is same as
4129460.
4130Which of these is asymptotically bigger?
4131461.
4132Which of the following is not a property of DBMS?
4133
4134461.
4135Which of the following is not a property of DBMS?
4136462.
4137 When you ping the loopback address, a packet is sent where?
4138
4139463.
4140In which category does the discrepancy between duplicate records belong?
4141464.
4142The preorder traversal sequence of a binary search tree is 30, 20, 10, 15, 25, 23, 39, 35, 42.
4143Which one of the following is the postorder traversal sequence of the same tree?
4144465.
4145A sequential circuit outputs a ONE when an even number (> 0) of one's are input; otherwise the output is ZERO. The minimum number of states required is
4146
4147465.
4148A sequential circuit outputs a ONE when an even number (> 0) of one's are input; otherwise the output is ZERO. The minimum number of states required is
4149466.
4150Which of the following devices assigns IP address to devices connected to a network that uses TCP/IP?
4151467.
4152In the blocked state
4153468.
4154Which of the following technique is used for Time-To-Line (TTL)?
4155469.
4156The cartesian product ,followed by select is equivalent to
4157
4158469.
4159The cartesian product ,followed by select is equivalent to
4160470.
4161To build a mod-19 counter the number of flip-flops required is
4162471.
4163A page fault occurs
4164472.
4165Data Structures and Algorithms:
4166In a min-heap:
4167473.
4168Consider the following New-order strategy for traversing a binary tree:
41691)Visit the root;
41702)Visit the right subtree using New-order;
41713)Visit the left subtree using New-order;
4172The New-order traversal of the expression tree corresponding to the reverse polish expression 3 4 * 5 - 2 ? 6 7 * 1 + - is given by:
4173
4174473.
4175Consider the following New-order strategy for traversing a binary tree:
41761)Visit the root;
41772)Visit the right subtree using New-order;
41783)Visit the left subtree using New-order;
4179The New-order traversal of the expression tree corresponding to the reverse polish expression 3 4 * 5 - 2 ? 6 7 * 1 + - is given by:
4180474.
4181Routine is not loaded until it is called. All routines are kept on disk in a relocatable load format. The main program is loaded into memory & is executed. This type of loading is called _________
4182475.
4183You are trying to decide which type of network you will use at your office, and you want the type that will provide communication and avoid collisions on the cable. Which of the following is the best choice?
4184476.
4185Which of the following is not a property of DBMS?
4186477.
4187 The number of clock pulses needed to shift one byte of data from input to the output of a 4-bit shift register is
4188
4189477.
4190 The number of clock pulses needed to shift one byte of data from input to the output of a 4-bit shift register is
4191478.
4192You are working with a network that has the network ID 172.16.0.0, and you require 25 subnets for your company and an additional 30 for the company that will merge with you within a month. Each network will contain approximately 600 nodes. What subnet mask should you assign?
4193479.
4194_________________ constraint is specified between two relations and is used to maintain the consistency among tuples of the two relations
4195
4196480.
4197For non-negative functions, f(n) and g(n), f(n) is theta of g(n) if and only if
4198481.
4199If the Disk head is located initially at 32, find the number of disk moves required with FCFS if the disk queue of I/O blocks requests are 98,37,14,124,65,67.
4200Next
4201
4202481.
4203If the Disk head is located initially at 32, find the number of disk moves required with FCFS if the disk queue of I/O blocks requests are 98,37,14,124,65,67.
4204482.
4205The main difference between JK and RS flip-flop is that
4206483.
4207The solution to Critical Section Problem is : Mutual Exclusion, Progress and Bounded Waiting.
4208484.
4209Minimum number of moves required to solve a Tower of Hanoi puzzle is
4210485.
4211
4212Parity bit is
4213
4214485.
4215
4216Parity bit is
4217486.
4218Changing the conceptual schema without having to change the external schema is called as __________________
4219487.
4220The sign magnitude representation of binary number + 1101.011 is
4221488.
4222Update operation will violate
4223489.
4224When an inverter is placed between both inputs of an SR flip-flop, then resulting flip-lop is
4225
4226489.
4227When an inverter is placed between both inputs of an SR flip-flop, then resulting flip-lop is
4228490.
4229A sort which relatively passes through a list to exchange the first element with any element less than it and then repeats with a new first element is called
4230491.
4231Ethernet and Token-Ring are the two most commonly used network architectures in the world. Jim has heard of the different topologies for networks and wants to choose the architecture that will provide him with the most options. Which of the following would that be? Choose the most correct answer.
4232492.
4233The problem of thrashing is effected scientifically by ________.
4234493.
4235---------------------is data about data
4236
4237493.
4238---------------------is data about data
4239494.
4240The searching technique that takes O (1) time to find a data is
4241495.
4242CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access) is
4243496.
4244Which module gives control of the CPU to the process selected by the short-term scheduler?
4245497.
4246A 2 MHz signal is applied to the input of a J-K lip-lop which is operating in the 'toggle' mode. The frequency of the signal at the output will be
4247
4248497.
4249A 2 MHz signal is applied to the input of a J-K lip-lop which is operating in the 'toggle' mode. The frequency of the signal at the output will be
4250498.
4251The master slave JK lip-flop is effectively a combination of
4252499.
4253The main difference between synchronous and asynchronous transmission is
4254500.
4255Let R be the relation on the set of positive integers such that a aRb if and only if a and b are distinct and have a common divisor other than 1. Which one of the following statements about R is true?
4256501.
4257The mechanism that bring a page into memory only when it is needed is called _____________
4258
4259
4260501.
4261The mechanism that bring a page into memory only when it is needed is called _____________
4262502.
4263What technique is often used to prove the correctness of a recursive function?
4264503.
4265Which of the following is a Non-linear data structure
4266504.
4267ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) is
4268505.
4269The command which undo the transaction is
4270
4271505.
4272The command which undo the transaction is
4273506.
4274Which directory implementation is used in most Operating System?
4275507.
4276Which of the following is not true of virtual memory?
4277508.
4278When two or more processes trying to execute a set of instructions and if the output depends on the order of execution of the process, this is termed as:
4279509.
4280A bit-stuffing based framing protocol uses an 8-bit delimiter pattern of 01111110. If the
4281output bit-string after stuffing is 01111100101, then the input bit-string is
4282
4283509.
4284A bit-stuffing based framing protocol uses an 8-bit delimiter pattern of 01111110. If the
4285output bit-string after stuffing is 01111100101, then the input bit-string is
4286510.
42871. If a sequence of push(1), push(2), pop,push(1),push(2),pop,pop,pop, push(2) pop operations are performed in a stack , the sequence of popped out values are
4288
4289511.
4290Changing the conceptual schema without having to change physical schema is
4291512.
4292With a single resource, deadlock occurs,
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299513.
4300How switching is performed in the internet?
4301
4302513.
4303How switching is performed in the internet?
4304514.
4305The best index for range query is
4306515.
43071. You are given pointer p that points to the last node in a circular list and another singly linked list whose first node is pointed to by ‘head’ and last node is pointed to by ‘tail’ has to be appended to the end of the circular list. Which of the following is correct?
4308516.
4309A system has ‘n’ processes and each process need 2 instances of a resource. There are n+1 instances of resource provided. This could:
4310517.
4311Which of the following is shared between all of the threads in a process? Assume a kernel level thread implementation.
4312
4313517.
4314Which of the following is shared between all of the threads in a process? Assume a kernel level thread implementation.
4315518.
4316A telephone switch is a good example of which of the following types of switches.
4317519.
4318Which of the following is shared between all of the threads in a process? Assume a kernel level thread implementation.
4319520.
4320In priority scheduling algorithm, when a process arrives at the ready queue, its priority is compared with the priority of
4321521.
4322Commit, Savepoint, Rollback are ________
4323
4324521.
4325Commit, Savepoint, Rollback are ________
4326522.
43271. Among the following which is not the application of a stack?
4328523.
4329R right outer join S on a=b gives
4330524.
4331The performance of cache memory is frequently measured in terms of a quantity called
4332525.
4333You are given pointers to first and last nodes of a singly linked list, which of the following operations are dependent on the length of the linked list?
4334
4335525.
4336You are given pointers to first and last nodes of a singly linked list, which of the following operations are dependent on the length of the linked list?
4337
4338
4339526.
4340Consider a system with ‘M’ CPU processors and ‘N’ processes then how many processes can be present in ready, running and blocked state at maximum
4341527.
4342the following pairs of OSI protocol layer/sub-layer and its functionality, the INCORRECT pair is
4343528.
4344What is the software that runs a computer, including scheduling tasks, managing storage, and handling communication with peripherals?
4345529.
4346Which one of the following protocols is NOT used to resolve one form of address to another one?
4347
4348529.
4349Which one of the following protocols is NOT used to resolve one form of address to another one?
4350530.
43511. If a , b , c, are three nodes connected in sequence in a singly linked list
4352 struct node *temp=a;
4353 while(temp!=NULL) {
4354 temp=temp->next; printf( “$â€); }
4355Assuming ‘c’ to be the last node, the output is
4356531.
4357Four jobs to be executed on a single processor system arrive at time 0 in order A, B, C, and D. Their burst time requirements are 4,1,8,1 time units respectively. Find the completion of A under round robin scheduling with time slice of one time unit.
4358532.
4359This user makes canned transaction
4360533.
4361Buffering is useful because
4362
4363533.
4364Buffering is useful because
4365534.
4366This Key Uniquely Identifies Each Record
4367535.
4368The transport layer protocols used for real time multimedia, file transfer, DNS and email, respectively are
4369536.
4370 For 3 page frames, the following is the reference string:
43717 0 1 2 0 3 0 4 2 3 0 3 2 1 2 0 1 7 0 1.
4372How many page faults does the FIFO page replacement algorithm produce?
4373537.
4374What does the code snippet given below do?
4375void fun1(struct node *head)
4376{ if(head==NULL) return;
4377fun1(head->next);
4378printf("%d",head->data);
4379}
4380
4381537.
4382What does the code snippet given below do?
4383void fun1(struct node *head)
4384{ if(head==NULL) return;
4385fun1(head->next);
4386printf("%d",head->data);
4387}
4388538.
4389Which of the following transport layer protocols is used to support electronic mail?
4390539.
4391Given memory partitions of 100K, 500K, 200K, 300K, and 600K (in order), how would each of the First-ï¬t, Best-ï¬t, and Worst-ï¬t algorithms place processes of 212K, 417K, 112K, and 426K (in order)? Which algorithm makes the most efï¬cient use of memory?
4392
4393540.
4394Which of the following is termed as reverse polish notation?
4395541.
4396What is the main difference between traps and interrupts?
4397
4398541.
4399What is the main difference between traps and interrupts?
4400542.
4401The following query is called as ? select * from emp where ssn in ( select dssn from dependent order by age desc ) ?;
4402543.
4403The data type describing the types of values that can appear in each column is called ______________________.
4404544.
4405For the given infix expression a+b^c*(d-e) where ‘^’ denotes the EX-OR operator, the
4406 corresponding prefix expression is
4407545.
4408The term P means in semaphores
4409
4410545.
4411The term P means in semaphores
4412546.
4413In one of the pairs of protocols given below, both the protocols can use multiple TCP connections between the same client and the server. Which one is that?
4414547.
4415If two interrupts, one of higher priority and other of lower priority occur simultaneously, then the service provided is for
4416548.
4417Let S and Q be two semaphores initialized to 1, where P0 and P1 processes the following statements wait(S);wait(Q); ---; signal(S);signal(Q) and wait(Q); wait(S);---;signal(Q);signal(S); respectively. The above situation depicts a _________ .
4418549.
4419A 4-way set-associative cache memory unit with a capacity of 16 KB is built using a block size of 8 words. The word length is 32 bits. The size of the physical address space is 4 GB. The number of bits for the TAG field is
4420
4421549.
4422A 4-way set-associative cache memory unit with a capacity of 16 KB is built using a block size of 8 words. The word length is 32 bits. The size of the physical address space is 4 GB. The number of bits for the TAG field is
4423550.
4424The query to print alternate records (i.e even numbered) from a table is
4425551.
4426The protocol data unit (PDU) for the application layer in the Internet stack is
4427552.
4428Which of the following is two way list?
4429553.
4430Consider a join (relation algebra) between relations r(R)and s(S) using the nested loop method. There are 3 buffers each of size equal to disk block size, out of which one buffer is reserved for intermediate results. Assuming size(r(R))
4431553.
4432Consider a join (relation algebra) between relations r(R)and s(S) using the nested loop method. There are 3 buffers each of size equal to disk block size, out of which one buffer is reserved for intermediate results. Assuming size(r(R))
4433554.
4434An optimal scheduling algorithm in terms of minimizing the average waiting time of a given set of processes is ________.
4435555.
4436In an Ethernet local area network, which one of the following statements isTRUE?
4437556.
44381. A circularly linked list is used to represent a Queue. A single variable p is used to access the Queue. To which node should p point such that both the operations enQueue and deQueue can be performed in constant time?
4439557.
4440In the process state transition diagram, the transition from the READY state to the RUNNING state indicates that:
4441
4442557.
4443In the process state transition diagram, the transition from the READY state to the RUNNING state indicates that:
4444
4445558.
44461. If a sequence of enque(1), enque (2), deque, enque (1), enque (2), deque, deque, deque, enque (2) operations are performed in a queue , the list of elements that would have been processed are
4447559.
4448Which of the following is not true about segmented memory management?
4449
4450
4451
4452560.
4453The stage delays in a 4-stage pipeline are 800, 500, 400 and 300 picoseconds. The first stage (with delay 800 picoseconds) is replaced with a functionally equivalent design involving two stages with respective delays 600 and 350 picoseconds. The throughput increase of the pipeline is percent.
4454561.
4455Consider the following four schedules due to three transactions (indicated by the subscript) using read and write on a data item x, denoted by r(x) and w(x) respectively. Which one of them is
4456conflict serializable?
4457
4458Next
4459
4460561.
4461Consider the following four schedules due to three transactions (indicated by the subscript) using read and write on a data item x, denoted by r(x) and w(x) respectively. Which one of them is
4462conflict serializable?
4463
4464562.
4465In the IPv4 addressing format, the number of networks allowed under Class C addresses is
4466563.
4467What is the main difference between traps and interrupts?
4468
4469564.
44701. In a circular list with 5 nodes, let ‘temp’ point to the 4th node at present.
4471int i;
4472for(i=0;i<4;i++)
4473 temp=temp->next;
4474The above code will make ‘temp’ point to
4475565.
4476IEEE 802.5 is a _______________
4477Next
4478
4479565.
4480IEEE 802.5 is a _______________
4481566.
4482R has n tuples and S has m tuples, then the Cartesian product of R and S will produce ___________ tuples.
4483
4484567.
4485Which one of the following fields of an IP header is NOT modified by a typical IP router?
4486568.
4487When a program tries to access a page that is mapped in address space but not loaded in physical memory, then
4488569.
4489Minimal super key of a relation is called _______________.
4490
4491
4492569.
4493Minimal super key of a relation is called _______________.
4494
4495570.
4496The main advantage of DMA is that it
4497
4498571.
4499For what value of c1 and c2 , the theta notation of f(n)=5n2+3n+2 is n2?
4500572.
4501If a class B network on the Internet has a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0, what is the maximum number of hosts per subnet?
4502
4503573.
4504A typical hard drive has a peak throughput of about
4505
4506
4507573.
4508A typical hard drive has a peak throughput of about
4509
4510574.
45111. Consider a dynamic queue with two pointers: front and rear. What is the time needed
4512 to insert an element in a queue of length of n?
4513575.
4514Consider a relation R (A, B, C, D, E) with set of functional dependencies F = {A¿BC, CD¿E, B¿D, E¿A}. Which of the following is one of the candidate keys of R?
4515576.
4516Which algorithm chooses the page that has not been used for the longest period of time whenever the page required to be replaced?
4517577.
4518Assume that source S and destination D are connected through two intermediate routers labeled R. Determine how many times each packet hasto visit the network layer and the data link layer during a transmission from S to D.
4519
4520577.
4521Assume that source S and destination D are connected through two intermediate routers labeled R. Determine how many times each packet hasto visit the network layer and the data link layer during a transmission from S to D.
4522
4523578.
4524How many address bits are needed to select all memory locations in the 16K × 1 RAM?
4525579.
4526DMA is useful for the operations
4527580.
4528RAID is a way to:
4529
4530581.
45311. Which sorting technique uses a data structure similar to the one used in bucket hashing?
4532
4533581.
45341. Which sorting technique uses a data structure similar to the one used in bucket hashing?
4535582.
4536 __________is the description of the database
4537583.
4538Which of these would not be a good way for the OS to improve battery lifetime in a laptop?
4539
4540584.
4541Identify the correct sequence in which the following packets are transmitted on the network by a host when a browser requests a webpage from a remote server, assuming that the host has just been restarted.
4542585.
45431. On adopting shell sort technique, the output of the array (21,62,14,9,30,77,80,25) after a pass with increment size =3, is
4544
4545585.
45461. On adopting shell sort technique, the output of the array (21,62,14,9,30,77,80,25) after a pass with increment size =3, is
4547586.
4548Which of the following is not included in an inode in Linux?
4549
4550587.
4551The DMA controller has _______ registers
4552
4553588.
45541. For the array , (77 ,62,114,80,9,30,99), write the order of the elements after two passes
4555 using the Radix sort.
4556589.
4557Consider a relational table with the schema R (A, B, C). Assume that the cardinality of attribute A is 10, B is 20, and C is 5. What is the maximum number of records R can have without duplicate?
4558
4559589.
4560Consider a relational table with the schema R (A, B, C). Assume that the cardinality of attribute A is 10, B is 20, and C is 5. What is the maximum number of records R can have without duplicate?
4561590.
4562An IP router with a Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) of 1500 bytes has received an IPpacket of size 4404 bytes with an IP header of length 20 bytes. The values of the relevant fields in the header of the third IP fragment generated by the router for this packet are
4563591.
4564One of the header fields in an IP datagram is the Time to Live (TTL) field. Which of the following statements best explains the need for this field?
4565592.
45661. Time complexity of the program to generate Fibonacci sequence is
4567593.
4568A Program Counter contains a number 825 and address part of the instruction contains the number 24. The effective address in the relative address mode, when an instruction is read from the memory is
4569
4570593.
4571A Program Counter contains a number 825 and address part of the instruction contains the number 24. The effective address in the relative address mode, when an instruction is read from the memory is
4572594.
4573Assume relations R and S with the schemas R (A, B, C) and S (B, D). Which of the following is equivalent to r ¿ s?
4574595.
4575What is the correct HTML for making a hyperlink?
4576
4577596.
4578How switching is performed in the internet?
4579597.
45801. While applying Quick sort technique for the array 5 4 3 8 12 6 10 1 7 9, if pivot =5, after the first traversal on both sides, ‘l’ and ‘r’ will be
4581
4582597.
45831. While applying Quick sort technique for the array 5 4 3 8 12 6 10 1 7 9, if pivot =5, after the first traversal on both sides, ‘l’ and ‘r’ will be
4584598.
4585The <big> tag makes
4586
4587599.
4588Which one of the following is NOT a part of the ACID properties of database transactions?
4589600.
4590When process requests for a DMA transfer ,
4591601.
4592Which of following property returns the window object generated by a frame object
4593
4594601.
4595Which of following property returns the window object generated by a frame object
4596602.
4597A layer -4 firewall (a device that can look at all protocol headers up to the transport layer) CANNOT
4598603.
4599What is the unique characteristic of RAID 6 ?
4600604.
4601Foreign key is a subset of primary key is stated in _____________ constraint
4602605.
46031. If a[] is the array containing the elements to be sorted using radix sort, during the second iteration in which the second Least Significant Digit is considered, row number in 2D array to which an element has to be stored is given by
4604
4605605.
46061. If a[] is the array containing the elements to be sorted using radix sort, during the second iteration in which the second Least Significant Digit is considered, row number in 2D array to which an element has to be stored is given by
4607606.
4608Which of the following address modes calculate the effective address as
4609address part of the instruction) + (content of CPU register)
4610607.
4611A telephone switch is a good example of which of the following types of switches.
4612
4613608.
4614If a , b , c, d are four nodes connected in sequence in a doubly-linked list
4615 Struct node *temp=a;
4616 Temp=temp->next;
4617 (Temp->next)->prev=temp->prev;
4618 (Temp->prev)->next=temp->next; Which of the following is true?
4619609.
4620Which component of a database is used for sorting?
4621
4622609.
4623Which component of a database is used for sorting?
4624610.
46251What is the output of following JavaScript code
4626
4627
4628611.
4629If message in Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) sub layer of Application Adaptation Layer 3/4 has value of Segment type is 11 then it is called a
4630612.
4631Consider the following relation
4632Cinema (theater, address, capacity)
4633Which of the following options will be needed at the end of the SQL query
4634SELECT P1. address
4635FROM Cinema P1
4636Such that it always finds the addresses of theaters with maximum capacity?
4637613.
4638The max-heap for the array ( 4, 3, 1, 5, 9, 2, 8 ) is
4639
4640613.
4641The max-heap for the array ( 4, 3, 1, 5, 9, 2, 8 ) is
4642614.
4643You can refresh the web page in javascript by using ................ method.
4644615.
4645The load instruction is mostly used to designate a transfer from memory to a
4646processor register known as
4647616.
4648Among the following ,which has the highest time complexity O(n2) in all the three
4649 cases.(Worst,average and best) and cannot be improved?
4650617.
4651Which of the following relational algebra operations do not require the participating tables to be union-compatible?
4652
4653617.
4654Which of the following relational algebra operations do not require the participating tables to be union-compatible?
4655618.
4656Which of the following is the correct way for writing JavaScript array?
4657619.
4658The load instruction is mostly used to designate a transfer from memory to a processor register known as____.
4659620.
4660In Circuit Switching, resources need to be reserved during the
4661621.
4662In RMI Architecture which layer Intercepts method calls made by the client/redirects these calls to a remote RMI service?
4663
4664621.
4665In RMI Architecture which layer Intercepts method calls made by the client/redirects these calls to a remote RMI service?
4666622.
4667A bit-stuffing based framing protocol uses an 8-bit delimiter pattern of 01111110. If the output bit-string after stuffing is 01111100101, then the input bit-string is
4668623.
4669Assume transaction A holds a shared lock R. If transaction B also requests for a shared lock on R.
4670624.
4671What is the output of following JavaScript code
4672625.
4673For an algorithm whose step-count is 45n3+34n , choose the correct statement.
4674
4675625.
4676For an algorithm whose step-count is 45n3+34n , choose the correct statement.
4677626.
4678Congestion control and quality of service is qualities of the
4679627.
4680If the associativity of a processor cache is doubled while keeping the capacity and block size unchanged, which one of the following is guaranteed to be NOT affected?
4681628.
4682Relations produced from an E-R model will always be
4683629.
4684If the element 12 has to be searched in the array (2,4,8, 9,14,16, 18), using binary
4685 search, the result can be obtained within _____ comparisons.
4686
4687629.
4688If the element 12 has to be searched in the array (2,4,8, 9,14,16, 18), using binary
4689 search, the result can be obtained within _____ comparisons.
4690630.
4691How do you put a message in the browser's status bar?
4692631.
4693A computer system implements 8 kilobyte pages and a +32-bit physical address space. Each page table entry contains a valid bit, a dirty bit, three permission bits, and the translation. If the maximum size of the page table of a process is 24 megabytes, the length of the virtual address supported by the system is _________ bits.
4694632.
4695Which two files are used during operation of the DBMS?
4696633.
4697What is the output of following JavaScript code?
4698
4699633.
4700What is the output of following JavaScript code?
4701
4702
4703634.
4704In the following pairs of OSI protocol layer/sub-layer and its functionality, the INCORRECT pair is
4705635.
47061. For the array , (77 ,62,14,80,9,30,99) , if Quick sort technique is followed,what will be
4707 the array status after placing the first pivot element in its appropriate place?
4708636.
4709The local host and the remote host are defined using IP addresses. To define the processes, we need second identifiers called.........
4710637.
4711Which two RAID types use parity for data protection?
4712637.
4713Which two RAID types use parity for data protection?
4714638.
4715The number of outputs in n-input decoder is
4716639.
4717What is the correct JavaScript syntax to write "Hello World"
4718640.
4719Rotation method of hashing is usually combined with other hashing techniques except
4720641.
4721The two's complement of 101011 is
4722641.
4723The two's complement of 101011 is
4724642.
4725Which one of the following protocols is NOT used to resolve one form of address to another one?
4726643.
4727Browsers typically render text wrapped in ___________ tags as an indented paragraph.
4728644.
4729----------------------is a description of the database
4730645.
47311. Among the following sorting techniques ,which has its time complexity as O(n) in the
4732 best-case?
4733
4734645.
47351. Among the following sorting techniques ,which has its time complexity as O(n) in the
4736 best-case?
4737646.
4738The number of boolean functions in n-variables is
4739647.
4740-------involves finding the best line to fit two attributes so that one attribute is used to predict another attribute.
4741648.
4742 Java package is a grouping mechanism with the purpose of
4743649.
4744Who invented the JavaScript programming language?
4745
4746649.
4747Who invented the JavaScript programming language?
4748650.
4749UDP uses........ to handle outgoing user datagrams from multiple processes on one host.
4750651.
4751A heap memory area is used to store the
4752652.
4753The lifetime of flash memory is ---------------------
4754653.
4755 What is the output of following JavaScript code?
4756
4757
4758653.
4759 What is the output of following JavaScript code?
4760
4761
4762
4763654.
4764A schema describes
4765655.
4766The transport layer protocols used for real time multimedia, file transfer, DNS and email, respectively are
4767656.
4768Which of the following is true for the given tree?
4769
4770657.
4771The ......... protocol defines a set of messages sent over either User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port53 or Transmission Control Protocol(TCP) port53.
4772657.
4773The ......... protocol defines a set of messages sent over either User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port53 or Transmission Control Protocol(TCP) port53.
4774658.
4775What is the multiplexer used for?
4776659.
4777What is the output of following JavaScript code
4778
4779
4780660.
4781Trigger is a
4782661.
4783Which of the following transport layer protocols is used to support electronic mail?
4784
4785
4786661.
4787Which of the following transport layer protocols is used to support electronic mail?
4788
4789662.
4790What will be printed as the output of the following program?
4791 public class testincr
4792 {
4793 public static void main(String args[])
4794 {
4795 int i = 0;
4796 i = i++ + i;
4797 System.out.println(" I = " +i);
4798 }
4799 }
4800663.
4801What is the output of following JavaScript code
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806664.
4807R left outer join S on a=b gives
4808665.
4809Identify the addressing mode of the following instruction
4810Add R1, R2, R3
4811where R1, R2 are operands and R3 destination
4812665.
4813Identify the addressing mode of the following instruction
4814Add R1, R2, R3
4815where R1, R2 are operands and R3 destination
4816666.
4817When a network interface has a failure in its circuitry, it sends a continuous stream of frames causing the Ethernet LAN to enter a Collapse state. This condition is known as __________.
4818667.
4819What is the output of following JavaScript code
4820
4821
4822668.
4823Which of the following addressing modes has minimum number of memory access to access the operands?
4824A. Indirect
4825B. Direct
4826C. Indexed
4827D. Immediate
4828669.
4829To prevent any method from overriding, the method has to declared as,
4830669.
4831To prevent any method from overriding, the method has to declared as,
4832670.
4833Foreign key is a subset of primary key is stated in -----------constraint
4834671.
4835The ways to accessing html elements in java script
4836672.
4837temp=root->left;
4838 while(temp->right!=NULL)
4839 temp=temp->right;
4840 return temp;
4841 The above code snippet for a BST with the address of the root node in pointer ‘root’
4842 returns
4843673.
4844R left outer join S on a=b gives
4845
4846673.
4847R left outer join S on a=b gives
4848674.
4849How many flip-flops are present in register of sixteen bits?
4850675.
4851In one of the pairs of protocols given below, both the protocols can use multiple TCP connections between the same client and the server. Which one is that?
4852676.
4853A subnet has been assigned a subnet mask of 255.255.255.192. What is the maximum number of hosts that can belong to this subnet?
4854677.
4855Which one of the following is not true?
4856
4857677.
4858Which one of the following is not true?
4859678.
4860
4861In a relational schema, each tuple is divided into fields called
4862
4863679.
4864If a pipeline has five stages, assuming each stage is one cycle, the earliest time to receive an output from an instruction without any forwarding (not nop) is after which cycle?
4865680.
48664. What is the correct syntax for referring to an external script called " abc.js"
4867681.
4868A system of interlinked hypertext documents accessed via the Internet is known as
4869
4870681.
4871A system of interlinked hypertext documents accessed via the Internet is known as
4872682.
4873How many phases are present in the simplest pipeline system?
4874683.
4875The term scheme means:
4876684.
4877Value of checksum must be recalculated regardless of
4878685.
4879Identify the sorting technique that supports divide and conquer strategy and has (n2) complexity in worst case
4880
4881685.
4882Identify the sorting technique that supports divide and conquer strategy and has (n2) complexity in worst case
4883686.
4884A ____________ is often used if you want the user to verify or accept
4885687.
4886The language used in application programs to request data from the DBMS is referred to as the
4887688.
4888In Circuit Switching, resources need to be reserved during the
4889689.
4890Can any unsigned number be represented using one register in 64-bit processor
4891
4892689.
4893Can any unsigned number be represented using one register in 64-bit processor
4894690.
48951. Inorder and postorder traversal sequences of a binary tree are 45 50 55 65 70 75 80 85 90
4896and 45 55 65 50 75 90 85 80 70. What are its leaf nodes?
4897691.
4898The protocol data unit (PDU) for the application layer in the Internet stack is
4899
4900692.
4901If the page size is 1024 bytes, what is the page number in decimal of the following virtual address
49021110 1010010101
4903693.
4904Which normal form is considered adequate for relational database design?
4905
4906693.
4907Which normal form is considered adequate for relational database design?
4908694.
4909In Javascript, which of the following method is used to find out the character at a position in a string?
4910695.
49111. The preorder traversal of the AVL tree obtained by inserting 17,7,20,10,8 is
4912696.
4913The concept of locking can be used to solve the problem of
4914697.
4915What is the JavaScript syntax to insert a comment that has more than one line?
4916Next
4917
4918697.
4919What is the JavaScript syntax to insert a comment that has more than one line?
4920698.
4921In an Ethernet local area network, which one of the following statements isTRUE?
4922
4923
4924699.
4925A queue data structure can be used for
4926700.
4927Given four frames in main memory, the following is the content of the page table. Assuming the frames are fetched at time instant 3, 4, 1, 2 which frame will be replaced to place the page 46 using first in first out replacement algorithm?
492823
492934
493010
49314
4932
4933
4934
4935701.
4936………… is very useful in situation when data have to stored and then retrieved in reverse order.
4937
4938701.
4939………… is very useful in situation when data have to stored and then retrieved in reverse order.
4940702.
4941Consider the following message M = 1010001101. The cyclic redundancy check (CRC) for this message using the divisor polynomial x5 + x4 + x2 + 1 is :
4942703.
4943The daisy chaining prioirty gives least priority to which device?
4944704.
4945What does isNaN function do in JavaScript?
4946705.
4947In a E-R diagram, ellipses represent a
4948
4949705.
4950In a E-R diagram, ellipses represent a
4951706.
4952Which of the following desired features are beyond the capability of relational algebra?
4953707.
4954A binary search tree whose left subtree and right subtree differ in hight by at most 1 unit is called ……
4955708.
4956How do you create a new object in JavaScript?
4957709.
4958Which method is implemented in RAID 1?
4959
4960709.
4961Which method is implemented in RAID 1?
4962710.
4963Dotted-decimal notation of 10000001 00001011 00001011 11101111 would be
4964711.
4965What are the potential problems when a DBMS executes multiple transaction concurrently
4966712.
4967In the IPv4 addressing format, the number of networks allowed under Class C addresses is
4968
4969713.
4970A processor can support a maximum memory of 4 GB, where the memory is word-addressable (a word consists of two bytes). The size of the address bus of the processor is at least __________ bits
4971
4972713.
4973A processor can support a maximum memory of 4 GB, where the memory is word-addressable (a word consists of two bytes). The size of the address bus of the processor is at least __________ bits
4974714.
4975When determining the efficiency of algorithm the time factor is measured by
4976715.
4977What is the output of following JavaScript code?
4978
4979
4980716.
4981Linked lists are best suited
4982
4983
4984717.
4985Let R be a relation. Which of the following comments about the relation R are correct?
4986717.
4987Let R be a relation. Which of the following comments about the relation R are correct?
4988718.
4989Which one of the following allows a user at one site to establish a connection to another site and then pass keystrokes from local host to remote host?
4990
4991
4992719.
4993Which of the following object is the highest-level object in the browser object hierarchy?
4994720.
4995RAM type is justified as
4996721.
4997The size of the data count register of a DMA controller is 16 bits. The processor needs to transfer a file of 29,154 kilobytes from disk to main memory. The memory is byte addressable. The minimum number of times the DMA controller needs to get the control of the system bus from the processor to transfer the file from the disk to main memory is
4998
4999721.
5000The size of the data count register of a DMA controller is 16 bits. The processor needs to transfer a file of 29,154 kilobytes from disk to main memory. The memory is byte addressable. The minimum number of times the DMA controller needs to get the control of the system bus from the processor to transfer the file from the disk to main memory is
5001722.
5002Changing the conceptual schema without having to change physical schema is
5003723.
5004The resources needed for communication between end systems are reserved for the duration of session between end systems in
5005724.
5006What is the output of following JavaScript code?
5007
5008
5009725.
5010Linked list are not suitable data structure of which one of the following problems ?
5011725.
5012Linked list are not suitable data structure of which one of the following problems ?
5013
5014726.
5015What is the output of following JavaScript code?
5016
5017
5018727.
5019Which of the following is useful in implementing quick sort?
5020728.
5021Which of the following raid levels provides maximum usable disk space?
5022729.
5023Which one of the following fields of an IP header is NOT modified by a typical IP router?
5024
5025729.
5026Which one of the following fields of an IP header is NOT modified by a typical IP router?
5027
5028
5029730.
5030________ extracts the DML statements from a host language and passes to DML Compiler
5031731.
5032What are the states of the Auxiliary Carry (AC) and Carry Flag (CF) after executing the following 8085 program? MVI H, 5DH; MIV L, 6BH; MOV A, H; ADD L
5033732.
5034Truncate is _________ command
5035733.
5036These networking classes encapsulate the "socket" paradigm pioneered in the (BSD) Give the abbreviation of BSD?
5037733.
5038These networking classes encapsulate the "socket" paradigm pioneered in the (BSD) Give the abbreviation of BSD?
5039734.
5040Which of the following object represents the HTML document loaded into a browser window?
5041735.
5042What is the result of the following operation Top (Push (S, X))
5043736.
5044The performance of cache memory is frequently measured in terms of a quantity called
5045737.
5046What is the output of following JavaScript code?
5047
5048
5049737.
5050What is the output of following JavaScript code?
5051
5052738.
5053A transaction is permanently saved in the hard disk only after giving
5054739.
5055In a priority queue insertion and deletion takes place at
5056740.
5057If message in Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) sub layer of Application Adaptation Layer 3/4 has value of Segment type is 11 then it is called a
5058741.
5059Digital signature envelope is decrypted by using _________.
5060741.
5061Digital signature envelope is decrypted by using _________.
5062742.
5063When does the top value of stack changes?
5064743.
5065DMA is useful for the operations
5066744.
5067The data manipulation language (DML)
5068745.
5069What is mean by "this" keyword in javascript?
5070
5071745.
5072What is mean by "this" keyword in javascript?
5073746.
5074int unknown(int n) {
5075 int i, j, k = 0;
5076 for (i = n/2; i <= n; i++)
5077 for (j = 2; j <= n; j = j * 2)
5078 k = k + n/2;
5079 return k;
5080 }
5081747.
5082Math. round(-20.5)=?
5083748.
5084An advantage of the database approach is
5085749.
5086If a class B network on the Internet has a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0, what is the maximum number of hosts per subnet?
5087
5088
5089749.
5090If a class B network on the Internet has a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0, what is the maximum number of hosts per subnet?
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096750.
5097Computers use addressing mode techniques for _____________________.
5098751.
5099Which built-in method sorts the elements of an array
5100752.
5101In ………………. Mode, the authentication header is inserted immediately after the IP header.
5102753.
5103Which of the following is not characteristics of a relational database model
5104Next
5105753.
5106Which of the following is not characteristics of a relational database model
5107754.
5108 The maximum number of binary trees that can be formed with three unlabeled nodes is:
5109755.
5110A computer has a 256 KByte, 4-way set associative, write back data cache with block size of 32 Bytes. The processor sends 32 bit addresses to the cache controller. Each cache tag directory entry contains, in addition to address tag, 2 valid bits, 1 modified bit and 1 replacement bit. The size of the cache tag directory is
5111
5112756.
5113Trace the output of the following code?
5114
5115#include
5116using namespace std;
5117int main()
5118{
5119int x=15,y=27;
5120x = y++ + x++;
5121y = ++y + ++x;
5122cout<<x+y++<<++x+y;
5123 return 0;
5124}</x+y++<<++x+y;
5125
5126757.
5127Microsoft SQL Server is an example for which OLAP Server?
5128
5129757.
5130Microsoft SQL Server is an example for which OLAP Server?
5131758.
5132Which built-in method returns the length of the string?
5133759.
5134The minimum duration of the active low interrupt pulse for being sensed without being lost must be
5135760.
5136Assume that source S and destination D are connected through two intermediate routers labeled R. Determine how many times each packet hasto visit the network layer and the data link layer during a transmission from S to D.
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142761.
5143Which of the following function of Array object calls a function for each element in the array?
5144
5145
5146761.
5147Which of the following function of Array object calls a function for each element in the array?
5148762.
5149Which of the following statements is FALSE regarding a bridge
5150763.
5151Which of the following is not a stored procedure?
5152764.
5153How many 8-bit characters can be transmitted per second over a 9600 baud serial communication link using asynchronous mode of transmission with one start bit, eight data bits, two stop bits, and one parity bit?
5154765.
5155Determine the output of the following code?
5156
5157#include
5158using namespace std;
5159class one
5160{
5161int a;
5162static int b;
5163public:
5164void initialize();
5165void print();
5166static void print_S();
5167};
5168int one::b = 0;
5169
5170void one::initialize()
5171{
5172a = 10;
5173b ++;
5174
5175}
5176void one::print()
5177{
5178cout<<a;
5179 cout<<b;
5180 }
5181void one::print_S()
5182{
5183
5184cout<<b;
5185 }
5186
5187
5188int main()
5189{
5190one o;
5191o.initialize();
5192o.print();
5193o.print_S();
5194return 0;
5195}
5196
5197766.
5198Congestion control and quality of service is qualities of the
5199767.
5200A file system with 300 GByte disk uses a file descriptor with 8 direct block addresses, 1 indirect block address and 1 doubly indirect block address. The size of each disk block is 128 Bytes and the size of each disk block address is 8 Bytes. The maximum possible file size in this file system in KBytes is
5201768.
5202Which one of these is characteristic of RAID 5?
5203769.
5204Dynamic web page
5205
5206769.
5207Dynamic web page
5208770.
5209Consider the following pseudo code fragment:
5210printf (“Helloâ€);
5211if(!fork( ))
5212printf(“Worldâ€);
5213Which of the following is the output of the code fragment?
5214
5215771.
5216Identify the correct sequence in which the following packets are transmitted on the network by a host when a browser requests a webpage from a remote server, assuming that the host has just been restarted.
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222772.
5223Generally Dynamic RAM is used as main memory in a computer system as it______.
5224773.
5225Which one of the following statements is false?
5226
5227773.
5228Which one of the following statements is false?
5229774.
5230Which of the following is not a function of a DBA?
5231775.
5232Consider a relation R (A, B). If A ¿ B is a trivial functional dependency and A is the super key for R, then what is the maximum normal form R can be in?
5233776.
5234Which one of the following is a cryptographic protocol used to secure HTTP connection?
5235777.
5236What is the return value of f(p,p) if the value of p is initialized to 5 before the call? Note
5237that the first parameter is passed by reference, whereas the second parameter is passed by value.
5238int f (int &x, int c) {
5239c=c-1;
5240if (c-0) return 1;
5241x=x+1;
5242return f (x,c)*x;}
5243
5244777.
5245What is the return value of f(p,p) if the value of p is initialized to 5 before the call? Note
5246that the first parameter is passed by reference, whereas the second parameter is passed by value.
5247int f (int &x, int c) {
5248c=c-1;
5249if (c-0) return 1;
5250x=x+1;
5251return f (x,c)*x;}
5252778.
5253Uniform Resource Locator (URL), is a standard for specifying any kind of information on the
5254779.
5255If a virtual memory system has 4 pages in real memory and the rest must be swapped to disk. Which of the following is the hit ratio for the following page address stream. Assume memory starts empty, use the FIFO algorithm
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261780.
5262An IP router with a Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) of 1500 bytes has received an IPpacket of size 4404 bytes with an IP header of length 20 bytes. The values of the relevant
5263fields in the header of the third IP fragment generated by the router for this packet are
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270781.
5271What will be the values of x, m and n after the execution of the following statements?
5272int x, m, n;
5273m = 10;
5274n = 15;
5275x = ++m + n++;
5276
5277781.
5278What will be the values of x, m and n after the execution of the following statements?
5279int x, m, n;
5280m = 10;
5281n = 15;
5282x = ++m + n++;
5283782.
5284Consider a disk queue with requests for I/O to blocks on cylinders 47, 38, 121, 191, 87, 11,92, 10. The C-LOOK scheduling algorithm is used. The head is initially at cylinder number 63, moving towards larger cylinder numbers on its servicing pass. The cylinders are numbered from 0 to 199. The total head movement (in number of cylinders) incurred while servicing these requests is
5285783.
5286What is the unique characteristic of RAID 6 (Choose one)?
5287784.
5288What is the code to be used to trim whitespaces ?
5289785.
5290RAID is a way to:
5291
5292785.
5293RAID is a way to:
5294786.
5295If the offset of the operand is stored in one of the index registers, then it is
5296787.
5297What’s the output of the following code?
5298var city = new Array("delhi", "agra", "akot", "aligarh");
5299city.push('palampur');
5300document.write(city);
5301
5302788.
5303What happens when a pointer is deleted twice?
5304789.
5305The local host and the remote host are defined using IP addresses. To define the processes, we need second identifiers called
5306
5307789.
5308The local host and the remote host are defined using IP addresses. To define the processes, we need second identifiers called
5309790.
5310Assume that a table R with 1000 records is to be joined with another table S with 10000 records. What is the maximum number of records that would result in if we join R with S and the equi-join attribute of S is the primary key?
5311791.
5312One of the header fields in an IP datagram is the Time to Live (TTL) field. Which of the following statements best explains the need for this field?
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317792.
5318Which of the following are sufficient conditions for deadlock?
5319793.
5320Which of the following type casts will convert an Integer variable named amount to a Double type?
5321
5322793.
5323Which of the following type casts will convert an Integer variable named amount to a Double type?
5324794.
5325Consider the following relation
5326Cinema (theater, address, capacity)
5327Which of the following options will be needed at the end of the SQL query
5328SELECT P1. address
5329FROM Cinema P1
5330Such that it always finds the addresses of theaters with maximum capacity?
5331795.
5332The ‘$’ present in the RegExp object is called a
5333796.
5334Which of the following is a disadvantage of file processing system?
5335(I) Efficiency of high level programming,
5336(II) Data Isolation
5337(III) Integrity issues
5338(IV) Storing of records as files
5339797.
5340When an instruction is read from the memory, it is called
5341
5342797.
5343When an instruction is read from the memory, it is called
5344798.
5345UDP uses........ to handle outgoing user datagrams from multiple processes on one host.
5346799.
5347What should be used to point to a static class member?
5348800.
5349Which cause a compiler error?
5350801.
5351Foreign key is a subset of primary key is stated in _____________ constraint
5352
5353801.
5354Foreign key is a subset of primary key is stated in _____________ constraint
5355802.
5356The ......... protocol defines a set of messages sent over either User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port53 or Transmission Control Protocol(TCP) port53.
5357803.
5358Consider the following statement containing regular expressions
5359var text = "testing: 1, 2, 3";
5360var pattern = /\d+/g;
5361In order to check if the pattern matches, the statement is
5362804.
5363Which two RAID types use parity for data protection?
5364805.
5365The regular expression to match any one character, not between the brackets is
5366
5367805.
5368The regular expression to match any one character, not between the brackets is
5369806.
5370A process executes the code
5371fork();
5372fork();
5373fork();
5374The total number of child process created is
5375807.
5376Which of the following scan() statements is true?
5377
5378
5379808.
5380Which of the following relational algebra operations do not require the participating tables to be union-compatible?
5381809.
5382Using public key cryptography, X adds a digital signature σ to message M, encrypts <M, σ >, and sends it to Y, where it is d
5383ecrypted. Which one of the following sequences of keys is used for the operations?
5384
5385
5386809.
5387Using public key cryptography, X adds a digital signature σ to message M, encrypts <M, σ >, and sends it to Y, where it is d
5388ecrypted. Which one of the following sequences of keys is used for the operations?
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394810.
5395Suppose that everyone in a group of N people wants to communicate secretly with N-1 others using symmetric key cryptographic system. The communication between any two persons should not be decodable by the others in the group. The number of keys required in the system as a whole to satisfy the confidentiality requirement is
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402811.
5403A 20-bit address bus allows access to a memory of capacity
5404812.
5405What does /[^(]* regular expression indicate ?
5406813.
5407A variable P is called pointer if
5408
5409813.
5410A variable P is called pointer if
5411814.
5412Which of the following statement on the view concept in SQL is invalid?
5413815.
5414The function scanf() reads
5415
5416
5417816.
5418In SQL, testing whether a subquery is empty is done using
5419817.
5420A RAM chip has a capacity of 1024 words of 8 bits each (1K*8). The number of 2*4 decoders with enable line needed to construct a 16K*6 RAM from 1K*8 RAM is
5421
5422817.
5423A RAM chip has a capacity of 1024 words of 8 bits each (1K*8). The number of 2*4 decoders with enable line needed to construct a 16K*6 RAM from 1K*8 RAM is
5424818.
5425A layer -4 firewall (a device that can look at all protocol headers up to the transport layer) CANNOT
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431819.
5432What will be the result when non greedy repetition is used on the pattern /a+?b/ ?
5433820.
5434main() is an example of
5435
5436
5437821.
5438DMA is useful for the operations
5439821.
5440DMA is useful for the operations
5441822.
5442What does the subexpression /java(script)?/ result in ?
5443823.
5444Which type of error detection uses binary division?
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449824.
5450Which of the following is not a characteristic of a relational database model?
5451825.
5452Given the basic ER and relational models, which of the following is INCORRECT?
5453
5454825.
5455Given the basic ER and relational models, which of the following is INCORRECT?
5456826.
5457A RAM chip has a capacity of 1024 words of 8 bits each (1K*8). The number of 2*4 decoders with enable line needed to construct a 16K*6 RAM from 1K*8 RAM is
5458827.
5459What is the most essential purpose of parantheses in regular expressions ?
5460828.
5461When a network interface has a failure in its circuitry, it sends a continuous stream of frames causing the Ethernet LAN to enter a Collapse state. This condition is known as __________.
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468829.
5469An identifier in
5470
5471829.
5472An identifier in C
5473
5474
5475830.
5476
5477Which of the following is TRUE?
5478
5479831.
5480Value of checksum must be recalculated regardless of
5481
5482
5483
5484832.
5485Which of the following are sufficient conditions for deadlock?
5486833.
5487The method that performs the search-and-replace operation to strings for pattern matching is
5488
5489833.
5490The method that performs the search-and-replace operation to strings for pattern matching is
5491834.
5492A variable whose size is determined at compile time and cannot be changed at run time is
5493835.
5494Memory mapped displays
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501836.
5502Dotted-decimal notation of 10000001 00001011 00001011 11101111 would be
5503
5504
5505837.
5506
5507Which one of the following statements if FALSE?
5508
5509
5510837.
5511
5512Which one of the following statements if FALSE?
5513
5514838.
5515A union that has no constructor can be initialized with another union of __________ type
5516839.
5517What would be the result of the following statement in JavaScript using regular expression methods ?
5518840.
5519Which one of the following allows a user at one site to establish a connection to another site and then pass keystrokes from local host to remote host?
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524841.
5525Let E1 and E2 be two entities in an E/R diagram with simple single-valued attributes. R1 and R2 are two relationships between E1 and E2, where R1 is one-to-many and R2 is many-to-many. R1 and R2 do not have any attributes of their own. What is the minimum number of tables required to represent this situation in the relational model?
5526
5527841.
5528Let E1 and E2 be two entities in an E/R diagram with simple single-valued attributes. R1 and R2 are two relationships between E1 and E2, where R1 is one-to-many and R2 is many-to-many. R1 and R2 do not have any attributes of their own. What is the minimum number of tables required to represent this situation in the relational model?
5529842.
5530Structured programming involves
5531843.
5532Consider a computer system with 40-bit virtual addressing and page size of sixteen kilobytes. If the computer system has a one-level page table per process and each page table entry requires 48 bits, then the size of the per-process page table is __________ megabytes.
5533844.
5534Consider the following code snippet. What purpose does exec() solve in the above code ?
5535var pattern =/Java/g;
5536var text ="JavaScript is more fun than Java!";
5537var result;
5538 while ((result = pattern.exec(text))!=null)
5539{
5540 alert("Matched '"+ result[0]+"'"+" at position "+ result.index+"; next search begins at "+ pattern.lastIndex);
5541}
5542
5543
5544845.
5545
5546Select operation in SQL is equivalent to
5547
5548
5549845.
5550
5551Select operation in SQL is equivalent to
5552
5553846.
5554These networking classes encapsulate the "socket" paradigm pioneered in the (BSD) Give the abbreviation of BSD?
5555
5556
5557847.
5558Which function among the following lets to register a function to be invoked once?
5559848.
5560By default, any real number in C is treated as
5561849.
5562. For computers based on three - address instruction formats, each address field can be used to specify which of the following:
5563S1: A memory operand
5564S2: A processor register
5565S3: An implied accumulator registers
5566
5567849.
5568. For computers based on three - address instruction formats, each address field can be used to specify which of the following:
5569S1: A memory operand
5570S2: A processor register
5571S3: An implied accumulator registers
5572850.
5573The minimum number of page frames that must be allocated to a running process in a virtual memory environment is determined by
5574851.
5575Grant and revoke are ....... statements
5576852.
5577Which function among the following lets to register a function to be invoked repeatedly after a certain time?
5578853.
5579Integer division in a C program results in
5580
5581853.
5582Integer division in a C program results in
5583854.
5584
5585.......... command can be used to modify a column in a table
5586
5587855.
5588The processed S/MIME along with security related data is called as ________.
5589856.
5590Which is the handler method used to invoke when uncaught JavaScript exceptions occur?
5591857.
5592The function f(x) = ab + a can be simplified as
5593
5594
5595857.
5596The function f(x) = ab + a can be simplified as
5597858.
5598For CÂ Programming language,
5599859.
5600___________ Substitution is a process that accepts 48 bits from the XOR operation.
5601860.
5602Which property is used to obtain browser vendor and version information?
5603861.
5604The number of squares in K-map of n-variables is
5605
5606
5607861.
5608The number of squares in K-map of n-variables is
5609862.
5610Consider the C function given below.
5611int f(int j)
5612{
5613static int i = 50;
5614int k;
5615if (i == j)
5616{
5617printf(?something?);
5618k = f(i);
5619return 0;
5620}
5621else return 0;
5622}
5623Which one of the following is TRUE?
5624863.
5625Data independence means
5626864.
5627The output of combinational circuit depends on
5628865.
5629Which method receives the return value of setInterval() to cancel future invocations?
5630
5631865.
5632Which method receives the return value of setInterval() to cancel future invocations?
5633866.
5634In ………………. Mode, the authentication header is inserted immediately after the IP header.
5635867.
56366. Consider the below code fragment:
5637if(fork k( ) = = 0)
5638{
5639a= a+5; printf(?%d, %d \n?, a, &a);
5640}
5641else
5642{
5643a= a ? 5;
5644printf(?%d %d \n?, 0, &a);
5645}
5646Let u, v be the values printed by parent process and x, y be the values printed by child process. Which one of the following is true?
5647868.
5648DCL stands for
5649
5650869.
5651_________ uniquely identifies the MIME entities uniquely with reference to multiple contexts.
5652
5653869.
5654_________ uniquely identifies the MIME entities uniquely with reference to multiple contexts.
5655870.
5656Which of the folloiwng is fully functional ?
5657871.
5658Find the output of the following program?
5659
5660#include
5661using namespace std;
5662typedef int * IntPtr;
5663int main()
5664{
5665IntPtr A, B, C;
5666int D,E;
5667A = new int(3);
5668B = new int(6);
5669C = new int(9);
5670D = 10;
5671E = 20;
5672*A = *B;
5673B = &E;
5674D = (*B)++;
5675*C= (*A)++ * (*B)--;
5676E= *C++ - *B--;
5677cout<<*A<<*B<<*C<<d<<e;
5678 return 0;
5679}</d<<e;
5680
5681872.
5682
5683.………………… is preferred method for enforcing data integrity
5684
5685873.
5686The setTimeout() belongs to which object?
5687
5688873.
5689The setTimeout() belongs to which object?
5690874.
5691Which one of the following is a cryptographic protocol used to secure HTTP connection?
5692875.
5693The library function exit() causes an exit from
5694876.
5695The alpahbet are represented in which format inside the computer?
5696877.
5697
5698Which of the following is not a binary operator in relational algebra?
5699
5700
5701877.
5702
5703Which of the following is not a binary operator in relational algebra?
5704
5705878.
5706Which method receives the return value of setTimeout() to cancel future invocations?
5707879.
5708What will happen if we call setTimeout() with a time of 0 ms?
5709880.
5710------------- is a mode of operation for a block cipher, with the characteristic that each possible block of plaintext has a defined corresponding ciphertext value and vice versa.
5711881.
5712The number of bits to represent 128 sets in direct mapped cache is
5713
5714881.
5715The number of bits to represent 128 sets in direct mapped cache is
5716882.
5717
5718Which of the following is/are not a DDL statements?
5719
5720883.
5721Which of the following statement is correct about destructors?
5722884.
5723To which object does the location property belong?
5724885.
5725The interrupts are serviced using which of the folloiwng
5726
5727885.
5728The interrupts are serviced using which of the folloiwng
5729886.
5730
5731Which database level is closest to the users?
5732
5733887.
57341. Java package is a grouping mechanism with the purpose of
5735
5736888.
5737A network with CSMA/CD protocol in the MAC layer is running at 1 Gbps over a 1 km cable with no repeaters. The signal speed in the cable is 2 x 108 m/sec. The minimum frame size for this network should be
5738889.
5739
5740 ........ data type can store unstructured data
5741
5742
5743889.
5744
5745 ........ data type can store unstructured data
5746
5747890.
57481. What will be printed as the output of the following program?
5749 public class testincr
5750 {
5751 public static void main(String args[])
5752 {
5753 int i = 0;
5754 i = i++ + i;
5755 System.out.println(" I = " +i);
5756 }
5757 }
5758
5759
5760891.
5761What is the data structure used for executing interrupt service subroutine ?
5762892.
5763What is the access point (AP) in wireless LAN?
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768893.
5769What is the result of the following code snippet?
5770window.location === document.location
5771
5772893.
5773What is the result of the following code snippet?
5774window.location === document.location
5775
5776
5777
5778894.
5779 Which multiple access technique is used by IEEE 802.11 standard for wireless LAN?
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784895.
5785In which part does the form validation should occur?
5786896.
5787The output in sequential circuit depends on which of the folloiwng?
5788897.
5789To prevent any method from overriding, the method has to declared as,
5790
5791
5792897.
5793To prevent any method from overriding, the method has to declared as,
5794
5795898.
5796
5797A table can have only one
5798
5799899.
5800The power consumed by full adder can be reduced by using which of the following?
5801900.
5802A 20 Kbps satellite link has a propagation delay of 400 ms. The transmitter employs the "go back n ARQ" scheme with n set to 10. Assuming that each frame is 100 bytes long, what is the maximum data rate possible?
5803901.
5804What is the output of the following program:
5805 public class testmeth
5806 {
5807 static int i = 1;
5808 public static void main(String args[])
5809 {
5810 System.out.println(i+†, “);
5811 m(i);
5812 System.out.println(i);
5813 }
5814 public void m(int i)
5815 {
5816 i += 2;
5817 }
5818 }
5819
5820901.
5821What is the output of the following program:
5822 public class testmeth
5823 {
5824 static int i = 1;
5825 public static void main(String args[])
5826 {
5827 System.out.println(i+†, “);
5828 m(i);
5829 System.out.println(i);
5830 }
5831 public void m(int i)
5832 {
5833 i += 2;
5834 }
5835 }
5836
5837902.
5838-------------------module of the DBMS controls access to DBMS information that is stored on disk, whether it is part of the database or the catalog
5839903.
5840How to find the index of a particular string?
5841904.
5842Which of the following is the child object of the JavaScript navigator?
5843905.
5844The number of distinct symbols in radix-r is
5845
5846905.
5847The number of distinct symbols in radix-r is
5848906.
5849---------------- component of DBMS extracts DML commands from an application program written in a host programming language
5850907.
5851A wireless network interface controller can work in
5852
5853
5854
5855908.
5856Given the code
5857 String s1 = “ VIT†;
5858 String s2 = “ VIT “ ;
5859 String s3 = new String ( s1);
5860 Which of the following would equate to true?
5861
5862
5863909.
5864Can a system have multiple DMA controllers?
5865
5866909.
5867Can a system have multiple DMA controllers?
5868910.
5869Which one of the following event is not possible in wireless LAN.
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875911.
5876Which of the following are the properties of a plug-in entry?
5877912.
5878The runtime database processor of DBMS executes-----------
5879913.
5880What is the sequence of major events in the life of an applet?
5881
5882
5883913.
5884What is the sequence of major events in the life of an applet?
5885
5886914.
5887What is the purpose of the mimeTypes property of a plug-in entry?
5888915.
5889What is the number of maxterms in a function of n variables?
5890
5891916.
5892A relation R(A,B,C,D,E,H) has the following functional dependencies
5893 F= {{A→BC},{CD→E},{E→C}, {D→AEH}, {ABH→BD}, {DH→BC}}.
5894Find the Normal form of the relation
5895
5896917.
5897What is Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) ?
5898
5899917.
5900What is Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) ?
5901918.
5902Which of the following events will cause a thread to die?
5903
5904919.
5905A subset of a network that includes all the routers but contains no loops is called:
5906920.
5907A method within a class is only accessible by classes that are defined within the same package as the class of the method. Which one of the following is used to enforce such restriction?
5908
5909921.
5910How many output lines are present in an encoder with 2^n input lines?
5911
5912921.
5913How many output lines are present in an encoder with 2^n input lines?
5914922.
5915AJAX has become very commonly used because
5916923.
5917-------------index has an entry for every search key value (and hence every record) in the data file
5918924.
5919If link transmits 4000 frames per second, and each slot has 8 bits,the transmission rate of circuit this TDM is
5920925.
5921Consider the following code.
5922static void nPrint(String message, int n) {
5923 while (n > 0) {
5924 System.out.print(message);
5925 n--;
5926 }
5927}
5928What is the printout of the call nPrint('a', 4)?
5929
5930
5931925.
5932Consider the following code.
5933static void nPrint(String message, int n) {
5934 while (n > 0) {
5935 System.out.print(message);
5936 n--;
5937 }
5938}
5939What is the printout of the call nPrint('a', 4)?
5940
5941
5942926.
5943More than one transaction can apply this lock on X for reading its value but no write lock can be applied on X by any other transaction. What is that lock?
5944927.
5945Which of the following is not a reason XML gained popularity as a data interchange format for AJAX?
5946928.
5947Which flip flop has the characterstic function Q(next) = input
5948929.
5949Which method must be defined by a class implementing the java.lang.Runnable
5950 interface?
5951
5952929.
5953Which method must be defined by a class implementing the java.lang.Runnable
5954 interface?
5955
5956930.
5957Which one of the following allows a user at one site to establish a connection to another site and then pass keystrokes from local host to remote host?
5958931.
5959The jQuery AJAX methods .get(), .post(), and .ajax() all require which parameter to be supplied?
5960932.
5961The performance of cache memories is measured by
5962933.
5963Lock manager uses -------------- to store the identify of transaction locking a data item, the data item, lock mode and pointer to the next data item locked.
5964
5965933.
5966Lock manager uses -------------- to store the identify of transaction locking a data item, the data item, lock mode and pointer to the next data item locked.
5967934.
5968The probability that a single bit will be in error on a typical public telephone line using 4800 bps modem is 10 to the power -3. If no error detection mechanism is used, the residual error rate for a communication line using 9-bit frames is approximately equal to
5969935.
5970If an AJAX request made using jQuery fails,
5971936.
5972-------------is used to summarize information from multiple tuples into a single-tuple summary
5973937.
5974In negative edge triggered flip flop, the transitions happen at
5975
5976937.
5977In negative edge triggered flip flop, the transitions happen at
5978938.
597913. Which of the following line of code is suitable to start a thread ?
5980
5981939.
5982Which method is used to call the base class methods from the subclass?
5983
5984940.
5985Nested documents in the HTML can be done using
5986941.
5987Frames from one LAN can be transmitted to another LAN via the device
5988
5989941.
5990Frames from one LAN can be transmitted to another LAN via the device
5991942.
5992In ER- Relational Mapping, Binary 1:1 Relationship types are mapped to ----------
5993943.
5994The race condition in RS flip flop is rectified in which flip flop
5995944.
5996What does the command XCHG in 8085 do?
5997945.
5998A new web browser window can be opened using which method of the Window object ?
5999
6000945.
6001A new web browser window can be opened using which method of the Window object ?
6002946.
6003--------------contains information such as the structure of each file, the type and storage format of each data item, and various constraints on the data
6004947.
6005You are working with a network that is 172.16.0.0 and would like to support 600 hosts per subnet. What subnet mask should you use?
6006948.
6007Answer the following question based on the given table.
6008Package Name Class Name
6009Lab.project.util Date, Time
6010Lab.project.game Car, Puzzle
6011
6012What will be the access modifier if a method in Date class is inherited in the Puzzle class?
6013
6014949.
6015Which of the following digits are known as the sub-address digits (for use by the user) of the Network User Address (NUA)?
6016
6017949.
6018Which of the following digits are known as the sub-address digits (for use by the user) of the Network User Address (NUA)?
6019
6020950.
6021What statement is used to execute stored procedure in Java JDBC
6022A.
6023951.
6024Who is responsible for correlating the different perspectives of distinct users?
6025
6026952.
6027Which object serves as the global object at the top of the scope chain?
6028953.
6029If the opearand of stack operation is register, the stack contents in 8085 store which of the following?
6030953.
6031If the opearand of stack operation is register, the stack contents in 8085 store which of the following?
6032954.
6033What does the location property represent?
6034955.
6035In 8085 subtraction is performed using which method?
6036956.
6037Data Model that provides ad-hoc queries is --------------
6038957.
6039Consider following code.
6040public class Test {
6041public static void main(String[] args) {
6042 System.out.println(m(2));
6043}
6044public static int m(int num) {
6045 return num;
6046}
6047public static void m(int num) {
6048 System.out.println(num);
6049}
6050}
6051
6052957.
6053Consider following code.
6054public class Test {
6055public static void main(String[] args) {
6056 System.out.println(m(2));
6057}
6058public static int m(int num) {
6059 return num;
6060}
6061public static void m(int num) {
6062 System.out.println(num);
6063}
6064}
6065
6066958.
6067
6068A modulator converts a _____ signal to a(n) _____ signal.
6069B. PSK; FSKC. analog; digitalD. digital; analog
6070959.
6071Consider the following code:
6072public class Test {
6073public static void main(String[] args) {
6074 int[] x = new int[5];
6075 int i;
6076 for (i = 0; i < x.length; i++)
6077 x[i] = i;
6078 System.out.println(x[i]);
6079}
6080}
6081
6082960.
6083What is the number of distinct symbols in base-16 ?
6084961.
6085What is the loopback address?
6086
6087961.
6088What is the loopback address?
6089962.
6090Which among the following is not a property of the Location object?
6091963.
6092A state that refers to the database when it is loaded is---------
6093964.
6094A 4 KHz noise less channel with one sample ever 125 per sec is used to transmit digital signals. Differential PCM with 4 bit relative signal value is used. Then how many bits per second are actually sent?
6095
6096965.
6097------------------ is used to describe the structure and constraints for the whole database for a community of users hides the details of physical storage structures in three -schema architecture
6098965.
6099------------------ is used to describe the structure and constraints for the whole database for a community of users hides the details of physical storage structures in three -schema architecture
6100966.
6101How many bits are present in registers A, B, C together in 8085?
6102967.
6103What will be the value of c at the end of execution?
6104public static void main(String args[])
6105{ int a = 10, b = 2,c=0,d=0;
6106int[] A = {1,2,3};
6107try { c=a/b;
6108try { d = a/(a-a); d= A[1]+1; }
6109 catch(ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException e)
6110 { System.out.println("Array - unreachable element "+e); }
6111Finally { System.out.println("Finally block inside "); } }
6112 catch(Exception e)
6113 { System.out.println("Some Problem:"+e); b = 1; c = a/b; }
6114 finally { System.out.println("Finally block outside“) }
6115 System.out.println("after try/catch blocks");
6116System.out.println("Ans = " +c); }
6117
6118
6119968.
6120What is the return type of the hash property?
6121969.
6122What does the instruction INX H perform in 8085 microprocessor?
6123
6124969.
6125What does the instruction INX H perform in 8085 microprocessor?
6126970.
6127Which is the method that removes the current document from the browsing history before loading the new document?
6128971.
6129What is the minimum number of wires required for sending data over a serial communications links?
6130
6131972.
6132----------------describes the the part of the database that a particular user group is interested in and hides the rest.
6133973.
6134Which method is used for loading the driver in Java JDBC.
6135A.
6136Next
6137
6138973.
6139Which method is used for loading the driver in Java JDBC.
6140A.
6141974.
6142Why is the replace() method better than the assign() method?
6143975.
6144Which one is the first high level programming language
6145976.
6146In cyclic redundancy checking, the divisor is _____ the CRC.
6147
6148977.
6149The 8255 chip is an example of
6150
6151977.
6152The 8255 chip is an example of
6153978.
6154------------ is used to define internal schema
6155979.
6156What is the purpose of the assign() method?
6157980.
6158An error-detecting code inserted as a field in a block of data to be transmitted is known as
6159981.
6160When a class extends the Thread class ,it should override ............ method of Thread class to start that thread.
6161
6162981.
6163When a class extends the Thread class ,it should override ............ method of Thread class to start that thread.
6164982.
6165Centralized DBMS has----------
6166983.
6167What is 8254 used for?
6168984.
6169Which two are valid constructors for Thread?
6170
6171a.) Thread(Runnable r, String name)
6172b.) Thread()
6173c.) Thread(int priority)
6174d.) Thread(Runnable r, ThreadGroup g)
6175e.) Thread(Runnable r, int priority)
6176
6177985.
6178Working of the WAN generally involves
6179
6180985.
6181Working of the WAN generally involves
6182986.
6183The history property belongs to which object?
6184987.
6185How many modes are present in 8255 and what are they?
6186988.
6187An Employee entity of a company database can be a SECRETARY, TECHNICIAN or MANAGER.
6188What kind of participation constraint can be used for Employee and its job types?
6189989.
6190If you configure the TCP/IP address and other TCP/IP parameters manually, you can always verify the configuration through which of the following? Select the best answer.
6191
6192989.
6193If you configure the TCP/IP address and other TCP/IP parameters manually, you can always verify the configuration through which of the following? Select the best answer.
6194990.
6195If we can determine exactly those entities that will become members of each subclass by a condition then such subclasses are called--------------
6196991.
6197Which of the following is one of the fundamental features of JavaScript?
6198992.
6199Which of the following is DMA controller?
6200993.
6201public class MyRunnable implements Runnable
6202{
6203public void run()
6204{
6205// some code here
6206}
6207}
6208
6209which of these will create and start this thread?
6210
6211993.
6212public class MyRunnable implements Runnable
6213{
6214public void run()
6215{
6216// some code here
6217}
6218}
6219
6220which of these will create and start this thread?
6221
6222994.
6223OOPs
6224
6225Find the output of the following program?
6226
6227#include
6228#define pow(x) (x)*(x)*(x)
6229using namespace std;
6230
6231int main()
6232{
6233int a=3,b=3;
6234a=pow(b++)/b++;
6235cout<<a<<b;
6236 return 0;
6237}</a<<b;
6238
6239995.
6240The expected size of the join result divided by the maximum size is called _________________.
6241996.
6242How many gate delays are present in efficient implementation of XOR gate ?
6243997.
6244Four bits are used for packet sequence numbering in a sliding window protocol used in a computer network. What is the maximum window size?
6245
6246997.
6247Four bits are used for packet sequence numbering in a sliding window protocol used in a computer network. What is the maximum window size?
6248
6249998.
6250Given the code
6251String s1 = ? VIT? ;
6252String s2 = ? VIT ? ;
6253String s3 = new String ( s1);
6254Which of the following would equate to true?
6255
6256999.
6257What is the output of the following program?
6258
6259#include
6260using namespace std;
6261int main()
6262{
6263int x=20;
6264if(!(!x)&&x)
6265cout<<x;
6266 else
6267{
6268x=10;
6269cout<<x;
6270 return 0;
6271}}</x;
6272</x;
6273
62741000.
6275How many possible outcome values are present in boolean algebra?
62761001.
6277. The attributes in foreign key and primary key have the same ____________.
6278
62791001.
6280. The attributes in foreign key and primary key have the same ____________.
62811002.
6282Error control is needed at the transport layer because of potential errors occurring _____.
6283
62841003.
6285What is the correct HTML for making a hyperlink?
6286
62871004.
6288 _____ users work on canned transactions
62891005.
6290Determine the output of the following code?
6291
6292#include
6293using namespace std;
6294
6295void func_a(int *k)
6296{
6297*k += 20;
6298}
6299
6300void func_b(int *x)
6301{
6302int m=*x,*n = &m;
6303*n+=10;
6304}
6305
6306int main()
6307{
6308int var = 25,*varp=&var;
6309func_a(varp);
6310*varp += 10;
6311func_b(varp);
6312cout<<var<<*varp;
6313 return 0;
6314}</var<<*varp;
6315
6316
63171005.
6318Determine the output of the following code?
6319
6320#include
6321using namespace std;
6322
6323void func_a(int *k)
6324{
6325*k += 20;
6326}
6327
6328void func_b(int *x)
6329{
6330int m=*x,*n = &m;
6331*n+=10;
6332}
6333
6334int main()
6335{
6336int var = 25,*varp=&var;
6337func_a(varp);
6338*varp += 10;
6339func_b(varp);
6340cout<<var<<*varp;
6341 return 0;
6342}</var<<*varp;
6343
63441006.
6345Data link layer retransmits the damaged frames in most networks. If the probability of a frame's being damaged is p, what is the mean number of transmissions required to send a frame if acknowledgements are never lost.
6346
63471007.
6348Which of the following input controls that cannot be placed using tag?
63491008.
6350What does JSP stand for?
63511009.
6352If a hospital has to store the description of each visit of a patient according to date what attribute you will use in the patient entity type?
6353
63541009.
6355If a hospital has to store the description of each visit of a patient according to date what attribute you will use in the patient entity type?
63561010.
6357What will be the output of the following program?
6358
6359#include
6360using namespace std;
6361
6362class x {
6363public:
6364int a;
6365x();
6366};
6367x::x() { a=10; cout<
6368
6369class b:public x {
6370public:
6371b();
6372};
6373b::b() { a=20; cout<
6374
6375int main ()
6376{
6377b temp;
6378return 0;
6379}
6380
63811011.
6382Find the output of the following program?
6383
6384#include
6385using namespace std;
6386
6387void myFunction(int& x, int* y, int* z) {
6388static int temp=1;
6389temp += (temp + temp) - 1;
6390x += *(y++ + *z)+ temp - ++temp;
6391*y=x;
6392x=temp;
6393*z= x;
6394cout<<x<<*y<<*z<<temp;
6395
6396}
6397
6398int main() {
6399int i = 0;
6400int j[] = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9};
6401i=i++ - ++i;
6402myFunction(i, j, &i);
6403return 0;
6404}</x<<*y<<*z<<temp;
6405
64061012.
6407The SQL statement SELECT SUBSTR('123456789', INSTR('abcabcabc','b'), 4) FROM EMP; prints
64081013.
6409_____ is used to define a special CSS style for a group of HTML elements
6410
64111013.
6412_____ is used to define a special CSS style for a group of HTML elements
64131014.
6414JAVA PROGRAMMING
6415
6416Java package is a grouping mechanism with the purpose of
64171015.
6418In HTTP, which method gets the resource as specified in the URI
64191016.
6420In SQL, which command is used to issue multiple CREATE TABLE, CREATE VIEW and GRANT statements in a single transaction?
64211017.
6422Which one of these lists contains only Java programming language keywords?
6423
6424
64251017.
6426Which one of these lists contains only Java programming language keywords?
6427
6428
64291018.
6430Which of the following is the right syntax for assertion?
64311019.
6432Which of these is Server side technology?
64331020.
6434Which of these interface abstractes the output of messages from httpd?
64351021.
6436The C++ language is
6437
64381021.
6439The C++ language is
64401022.
6441. __________ is increasingly being used in server systems to improve performance by caching frequently used data, since it provides faster access than disk, with larger storage capacity than main memory.
64421023.
6443Passing the request from one schema to another in DBMS architecture is called as ___________________
64441024.
6445Where in an HTML document is the correct place to refer to an external style sheet?
64461025.
6447Which method is used to remove the first element of an Array object?
6448
64491025.
6450Which method is used to remove the first element of an Array object?
64511026.
6452Changing the conceptual schema without having to change the external schema is called as __________________
64531027.
6454What does the following bit of JavaScript print out?
6455var a = [1,,3,4,5];
6456console.log([a[4], a[1], a[5]]);
64571028.
6458 Creating a B Tree index for your database has to specify in _____.
64591029.
6460Which one of the following statements is NOT correct about HTTP cookies?
6461
64621029.
6463Which one of the following statements is NOT correct about HTTP cookies?
64641030.
6465The following HTML attribute is used to specify the URL of the html document to be opened when a hyperlink is clicked.
64661031.
6467HTTP is implemented over
64681032.
6469If the directive session.cookie_lifetime is set to 3600, the cookie will live until..
64701033.
6471AJAX made popular by
6472
64731033.
6474AJAX made popular by
64751034.
6476How to create a Date object in JavaScript?
64771035.
6478
6479Output------?
6480
64811036.
6482Choose the correct HTML tag to make a text italic
6483
64841037.
6485table {color: blue;}
6486With the above code snippet in use, what happens to a table?
6487
64881037.
6489table {color: blue;}
6490With the above code snippet in use, what happens to a table?
64911038.
6492What sever support AJAX ?
64931039.
6494What does the XMLHttpRequest object accomplish in Ajax?
64951040.
6496Which Web browser is the least optimized for Microsoft's version of AJAX?
64971041.
6498Which one of these technologies is NOT used in AJAX?
6499Next
65001041.
6501Which one of these technologies is NOT used in AJAX?
65021042.
6503When a user views a page containing a JavaScript program, which machine actually executes the script?
65041043.
6505A graphical HTML browser resident at a network client machine Q accesses a static HTML webpage from a HTTP server S. The static HTML page has exactly one static embedded image which is also at S. Assuming no caching, which one of the following is correct about the HTML webpage loading (including the embedded image)?
65061044.
6507How does servlet differ from CGI?
65081045.
6509What does JSP stand for?
6510
65111045.
6512What does JSP stand for?
65131046.
6514Which of these is a stand alone tag?
65151047.
6516If you don’t want the frame windows to be resizeable, simply add what to the lines ?
65171048.
6518and are the tags used for ?
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524501.
6525The mechanism that bring a page into memory only when it is needed is called ____________demand paging
6526502.
6527What technique is often used to prove the correctness of a recursive function?Mathematical Induction
6528503.
6529Which of the following is a Non-linear data structuretree or graph
6530504.
6531ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) is16 bit field
6532505.
6533The command which undo the transaction isRollback
6534
6535506.
6536Which directory implementation is used in most Operating System?Tree directory structure
6537507.
6538Which of the following is not true of virtual memory?
6539It requires the use of a disk or other secondary storage
6540508.
6541When two or more processes trying to execute a set of instructions and if the output depends on the order of execution of the process, this is termed as:
6542race condition
6543509.
6544A bit-stuffing based framing protocol uses an 8-bit delimiter pattern of 01111110. If the
6545output bit-string after stuffing is 01111100101, then the input bit-string is01111110101
6546
6547510.
65481. If a sequence of push(1), push(2), pop,push(1),push(2),pop,pop,pop, push(2) pop operations are performed in a stack , the sequence of popped out values are
6549 2 2 1 1 2
6550511.
6551Changing the conceptual schema without having to change physical schema is logical data independence
6552512.
6553With a single resource, deadlock occurs,
6554With a single resource, deadlock occurs,
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562513.
6563How switching is performed in the internet?
6564Done by datagram approach to packet switching at network layer
6565
6566514.
6567The best index for range query isB Trees(Balanced Trees)
6568515.
65691. You are given pointer p that points to the last node in a circular list and another singly linked list whose first node is pointed to by ‘head’ and last node is pointed to by ‘tail’ has to be appended to the end of the circular list. Which of the following is correct?
6570516.
6571A system has ‘n’ processes and each process need 2 instances of a resource. There are n+1 instances of resource provided. This could: never leads to deadlock
6572517.
6573Which of the following is shared between all of the threads in a process? Assume a kernel level thread implementation.File descriptors
6574
6575518.
6576A telephone switch is a good example of which of the following types of switches. circuit switch.
6577520.
6578In priority scheduling algorithm, when a process arrives at the ready queue, its priority is compared with the priority of the process running in cpu
6579521.
6580Commit, Savepoint, Rollback are ________Transaction Control Language(TCL)
6581
6582522.
65831. Among the following which is not the application of a stack?Job scheduling
6584523.
6585R right outer join S on a=b gives
6586524.
6587The performance of cache memory is frequently measured in terms of a quantity calledhit ratio
6588525.
6589You are given pointers to first and last nodes of a singly linked list, which of the following operations are dependent on the length of the linked list?
6590Delete the last element of the list
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595526.
6596Consider a system with ‘M’ CPU processors and ‘N’ processes then how many processes can be present in ready, running and blocked state at maximum
6597 N M N
6598527.
6599the following pairs of OSI protocol layer/sub-layer and its functionality, the INCORRECT pair is
66001) Yes, Network layer does Rotuing
66012) No, Bit synchronization is provided by Physical Layer
66023) Yes, Transport layer provides End-to-end process
6603communication
66044) Yes, Medium Access Control sub-layer of Data Link Layer provides
6605 Channel sharing.
6606
6607528.
6608What is the software that runs a computer, including scheduling tasks, managing storage, and handling communication with peripherals?Operating system
6609
6610529.
6611Which one of the following protocols is NOT used to resolve one form of address to another one?
6612A) DNS-host name to IP address
6613B) ARP - IP to MAC
6614D) RARP - MAC to IP
6615
6616So ANSWER DHCP
6617530.
66181. If a , b , c, are three nodes connected in sequence in a singly linked list
6619 struct node *temp=a;
6620 while(temp!=NULL) {
6621 temp=temp->next; printf( “$â€); }
6622Assuming ‘c’ to be the last node, the output is$$$
6623531.
6624Four jobs to be executed on a single processor system arrive at time 0 in order A, B, C, and D. Their burst time requirements are 4,1,8,1 time units respectively. Find the completion of A under round robin scheduling with time slice of one time unit. 9
6625532.
6626This user makes canned transactionnaïve or end users
6627533.
6628Buffering is useful because
6629It allows devices and thee CPU to operate asynchronously
6630
6631534.
6632This Key Uniquely Identifies Each RecordPrimary Key
6633535.
6634The transport layer protocols used for real time multimedia, file transfer, DNS and email, respectively are
6635UDP, TCP, UDP and TCP
6636For real time multimedia, timely delivery is more important than correctness. –> UDP
6637For file transfer, correctness is necessary. –> TCP
6638DNS, timely delivery is more important –> UDP
6639Email again same as file transfer –> TCP
6640
6641536.
6642 For 3 page frames, the following is the reference string:
66437 0 1 2 0 3 0 4 2 3 0 3 2 1 2 0 1 7 0 1.
6644How many page faults does the FIFO page replacement algorithm produce?15
6645537.
6646What does the code snippet given below do?
6647void fun1(struct node *head)
6648{ if(head==NULL) return;
6649fun1(head->next);
6650printf("%d",head->data);
6651}
6652fun1() prints the given Linked List in reverse manner
6653
6654538.
6655Which of the following transport layer protocols is used to support electronic mail? TCP(transport layer) SMTP(application layer)
6656539.
6657Given memory partitions of 100K, 500K, 200K, 300K, and 600K (in order), how would each of the First-ï¬t, Best-ï¬t, and Worst-ï¬t algorithms place processes of 212K, 417K, 112K, and 426K (in order)? Which algorithm makes the most efï¬cient use of memory?
6658 First-fit:
6659212k -> 500K (288 left)
6660417k -> 600k (183 left)
6661122k -> 288k (166k left)
6662426k -> nowhere big enough left! doh!
6663
6664Best-fit:
6665212k -> 300k (88k left)
6666417k -> 500k (83k left)
6667122k -> 200k (78k left)
6668426k -> 600k (174k left)
6669
6670Worst-fit:
6671212k -> 600k (388k left)
6672417k -> 500k (83k left)
6673122k -> 388k (266k left)
6674426k -> nowhere big enough again!
6675
6676the best fit algorithms uses memory most efficiently (it's also the only one that can even put all the processes into memory!)
6677540.
6678Which of the following is termed as reverse polish notation?Any postfix notation
6679
6680541.
6681What is the main difference between traps and interrupts?How they are initiated
6682542.
6683The following query is called as ?select * from emp where ssn in ( select dssn from dependent order by age desc ) ?;DML query
6684543.
6685The data type describing the types of values that can appear in each column is called ___________domain___________.
6686544.
6687For the given infix expression a+b^c*(d-e) where ‘^’ denotes the EX-OR operator, the
6688 corresponding prefix expression is^+ab*c-de
6689545.
6690The term P means in semaphores wait(probheer)
6691
6692546.
6693In one of the pairs of protocols given below, both the protocols can use multiple TCP connections between the same client and the server. Which one is that?
6694SMTP: only one TCP connection
6695Telnet: only one TCP connection
6696HTTP: Multiple connections can be used for each resource
6697FTP: FTP uses Telnet protocol for Control info on a TCP connection and another TCP connection for data exchange
6698So, answer is HTTP and FTP
6699
6700547.
6701If two interrupts, one of higher priority and other of lower priority occur simultaneously, then the service provided is forhigher priority
6702548.
6703Let S and Q be two semaphores initialized to 1, where P0 and P1 processes the following statements wait(S);wait(Q); ---; signal(S);signal(Q) and wait(Q); wait(S);---;signal(Q);signal(S); respectively. The above situation depicts a _________ .deadlock
6704
6705549.
6706A 4-way set-associative cache memory unit with a capacity of 16 KB is built using a block size of 8 words. The word length is 32 bits. The size of the physical address space is 4 GB. The number of bits for the TAG field is
6707Number of sets = cache size / sizeof a set
6708
6709Size of a set = blocksize * no. of blocks in a set
6710= 8 words * 4 (4-way set-associative)
6711= 8*4*4 (since a word is 32 bits = 4 bytes)
6712= 128 bytes.
6713
6714So, number of sets = 16 KB / (128 B) = 128
6715Now, we can divide the physical address space equally between these 128 sets. So, the number of bytes each set can access
6716= 4 GB / 128
6717= 32 MB
6718= 32/4 = 8 M words = 1 M blocks. (220 blocks)
6719
6720So, we need 20 tag bits to identify these 220 blocks.
6721
6722550.
6723The query to print alternate records (i.e even numbered) from a table is
6724
6725Select * fromTableNamewhereColumnName % 2 = 0(even number)
6726SELECT usernameFROM (SELECT ROWNUM num, usernameFROM dba_users)
6727WHERE MOD (num, 2) = 0;(even number)
6728
6729Select*fromTableNamewhereColumnName%2=1(odd number)
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735601.Which of following property returns the window object generated by a frame object
6736Ans. contentWindow
6737602.A layer -4 firewall (a device that can look at all protocol headers up to the transport layer) CANNOT
6738Ans. Block TCP traffic from a specific user on a multi-user system during 9:00PM and 5:00AM
6739603.What is the unique characteristic of RAID 6 ?
6740Ans. Two independent distributed parity.
6741604.Foreign key is a subset of primary key is stated in _____________ constraint
6742Ans.
6743605. If a[] is the array containing the elements to be sorted using radix sort, during the second iteration in which the second Least Significant Digit is considered, row number in 2D array to which an element has to be stored is given by
6744Ans.
6745606.Which of the following address modes calculate the effective address as
6746address part of the instruction) + (content of CPU register)
6747Ans. Indirect Address Mode
6748607.A telephone switch is a good example of which of the following types of switches.
6749Ans.Circuit
6750608.If a , b , c, d are four nodes connected in sequence in a doubly-linked list
6751 Struct node *temp=a;
6752 Temp=temp->next;
6753 (Temp->next)->prev=temp->prev;
6754 (Temp->prev)->next=temp->next; Which of the following is true?
6755Ans.
6756609.Which component of a database is used for sorting?
6757Ans, Procedure
6758
6759610.What is the output of following JavaScript code
6760Ans.
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767611.If message in Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) sub layer of Application Adaptation Layer 3/4 has value of Segment type is 11 then it is called a
6768A. Ans.single-segment message
6769
6770612.Consider the following relation
6771Cinema (theater, address, capacity)
6772Which of the following options will be needed at the end of the SQL query
6773SELECT P1. address
6774FROM Cinema P1
6775Such that it always finds the addresses of theaters with maximum capacity?
6776Ans. WHERE P1. Capacity> = All (select P2. Capacity from Cinema P2)613.
6777613.The max-heap for the array ( 4, 3, 1, 5, 9, 2, 8 ) is
6778Ans.
6779
6780614.
6781You can refresh the web page in javascript by using ................ method.
6782Ans. Reload()
6783615.
6784The load instruction is mostly used to designate a transfer from memory to a
6785processor register known as
6786Ans. Accumulator
6787616.
6788Among the following ,which has the highest time complexity O(n2) in all the three
6789 cases.(Worst,average and best) and cannot be improved?
6790Ans.
6791617.
6792Which of the following relational algebra operations do not require the participating tables to be union-compatible?
6793Ans. Join
6794618.
6795Which of the following is the correct way for writing JavaScript array?
6796Ans. var txt = new Array("arr ","kim","jim")
6797619.
6798The load instruction is mostly used to designate a transfer from memory to a processor register known as____.
6799Ans.Accumulator
6800620.In Circuit Switching, resources need to be reserved during the
6801Ans. Setup Phase
6802621.In RMI Architecture which layer Intercepts method calls made by the client/redirects these calls to a remote RMI service?
6803Ans. Stub & Skeleton Layer
6804
6805622.A bit-stuffing based framing protocol uses an 8-bit delimiter pattern of 01111110. If the output bit-string after stuffing is 01111100101, then the input bit-string is
6806Ans. 0111110101
6807623.Assume transaction A holds a shared lock R. If transaction B also requests for a shared lock on R.
6808Ans. It will immediately be granted
6809624.What is the output of following JavaScript code
6810Ans.
6811625.For an algorithm whose step-count is 45n3+34n , choose the correct statement.
6812Ans.
6813626.Congestion control and quality of service is qualities of the
6814Ans. ATM
6815627.If the associativity of a processor cache is doubled while keeping the capacity and block size unchanged, which one of the following is guaranteed to be NOT affected?
6816Ans. Width of processor to main memory data bus
6817628.Relations produced from an E-R model will always be
6818Ans. 3NF
6819629.If the element 12 has to be searched in the array (2,4,8, 9,14,16, 18), using binary
6820 search, the result can be obtained within _____ comparisons.
6821Ans.3
6822630.How do you put a message in the browser's status bar?
6823Ans. window.status = "put your message here"
6824631.A computer system implements 8 kilobyte pages and a +32-bit physical address space. Each page table entry contains a valid bit, a dirty bit, three permission bits, and the translation. If the maximum size of the page table of a process is 24 megabytes, the length of the virtual address supported by the system is _________ bits.
6825Ans. 36
6826632.Which two files are used during operation of the DBMS?
6827Ans. data dictionary and transaction log
6828633.What is the output of following JavaScript code?
6829Ans.
6830
6831633.What is the output of following JavaScript code?
6832Ans.
6833
6834
6835634.In the following pairs of OSI protocol layer/sub-layer and its functionality, the INCORRECT pair is
6836Ans. Data Link Layer and Bit Synchronization
6837635. For the array , (77 ,62,14,80,9,30,99) , if Quick sort technique is followed,what will be the array status after placing the first pivot element in its appropriate place?
6838Ans.62,14,9,30,77,80,99
6839636.The local host and the remote host are defined using IP addresses. To define the processes, we need second identifiers called.........
6840Ans. Port Addresses
6841637.Which two RAID types use parity for data protection?
6842Ans. RAID 4 and RAID 5
6843
6844638.The number of outputs in n-input decoder is
6845Ans. 2^n
6846639.What is the correct JavaScript syntax to write "Hello World"
6847Ans. document. write("Hello World");
6848
6849640.Rotation method of hashing is usually combined with other hashing techniques except
6850Ans. Last character
6851641.The two's complement of 101011 is
6852Ans.010101
6853642.Which one of the following protocols is NOT used to resolve one form of address to another one?
6854Ans.DHCP
6855
6856
6857
6858643.Browsers typically render text wrapped in ___________ tags as an indented paragraph.
6859Ans. .<blockquote>
6860
6861644.----------------------is a description of the database
6862Ans. Schema
6863645. Among the following sorting techniques ,which has its time complexity as O(n) in the
6864 best-case?
6865Ans.Insertion,Bubble
6866646.The number of boolean functions in n-variables is
6867Ans. .(2^(2^n))
6868
6869647.-------involves finding the best line to fit two attributes so that one attribute is used to predict another attribute.
6870Ans. Linear Regression
6871648. Java package is a grouping mechanism with the purpose of
6872Ans. Controlling the visibility of classes, interface and methods
6873649.Who invented the JavaScript programming language?
6874Ans.Brendan Eich
6875650.UDP uses........ to handle outgoing user datagrams from multiple processes on one host.
6876Ans.Multiplexing
6877Slot 14: Sagar Kulkarni
6878Answers not found:
6879[670,679,689,692]
6880----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6881651.
6882A heap memory area is used to store the
6883Heap memory is used for dynamic memory allocation
6884
6885652.
6886The lifetime of flash memory is ---------------------
6887Lifetime of a flash memory is long.
6888653.
6889 What is the output of following JavaScript code?
6890
6891
6892653.
6893 What is the output of following JavaScript code?
6894
6895
6896Output : 44
6897654.
6898A schema describes
6899A. Record & files
6900B. data elements
6901C. record relationships
6902D. all of the above
6903Ans Correct Answer is d
6904655.
6905The transport layer protocols used for real time multimedia, file transfer, DNS and email, respectively are
6906(A) TCP, UDP, UDP and TCP
6907(B) UDP, TCP, TCP and UDP
6908(C) UDP, TCP, UDP and TCP
6909(D) TCP, UDP, TCP and UDP
6910Answer: (C)
6911656.
6912Which of the following is true for the given tree?
6913
6914657.
6915The ......... protocol defines a set of messages sent over either User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port53 or Transmission Control Protocol(TCP) port53.
6916A. Name space
6917
6918B. DNS
6919
6920C. Domain space
6921
6922D. Zone transfer
6923Ans: B. DNS
6924657.
6925The ......... protocol defines a set of messages sent over either User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port53 or Transmission Control Protocol(TCP) port53.
6926A. Name space
6927
6928B. DNS
6929
6930C. Domain space
6931
6932D. Zone transfer
6933Ans: B. DNS
6934
6935658.
6936What is the multiplexer used for?
6937a) It is a type of decoder which decodes several inputs and gives one output
6938b) A multiplexer is a device which converts many signals into one
6939c) It takes one input and results into many output
6940d) None of the Mentioned
6941Ans. b
6942659.
6943What is the output of following JavaScript code
6944
6945
6946660.
6947Trigger is a
6948Trigger is a special kind of a store procedure that executes in response to certain action on the table like insertion, deletion or updation of data
6949
6950661.
6951Which of the following transport layer protocols is used to support electronic mail?
6952
6953(A) SMTP
6954(B) IP
6955(C) TCP
6956(D) UDP
6957
6958Answer (C)
6959E-mail uses SMTP as application layer protocol. SMTP uses TCP as transport layer protocol.
6960661.
6961Which of the following transport layer protocols is used to support electronic mail?
6962
6963662.
6964What will be printed as the output of the following program?
6965 public class testincr
6966 {
6967 public static void main(String args[])
6968 {
6969 int i = 0;
6970 i = i++ + i;
6971 System.out.println(" I = " +i);
6972 }
6973 }
6974Output: I = 1
6975663.
6976What is the output of following JavaScript code
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981Output : N
6982664.
6983R left outer join S on a=b gives
6984No table given
6985665.
6986Identify the addressing mode of the following instruction
6987Add R1, R2, R3
6988where R1, R2 are operands and R3 destination
6989665.
6990Identify the addressing mode of the following instruction
6991Add R1, R2, R3
6992where R1, R2 are operands and R3 destination
6993Answer : Three-Address Instructions
6994666.
6995When a network interface has a failure in its circuitry, it sends a continuous stream of frames causing the Ethernet LAN to enter a Collapse state. This condition is known as __________.
6996a.
6997
6998Scattering
6999b.Jabbering
7000c.Blocking
7001d.Refreshing
7002Ans: b.Jabbering
7003667.
7004What is the output of following JavaScript code
7005
7006
7007668.
7008Which of the following addressing modes has minimum number of memory access to access the operands?
7009A. Indirect
7010B. Direct
7011C. Indexed
7012D. Immediate
7013And: D.Immediate
7014669.
7015To prevent any method from overriding, the method has to declared as,
7016And: Method is declared with a ‘final’ keyword
7017669.
7018To prevent any method from overriding, the method has to declared as,
7019And: Method is declared with a ‘final’ keyword
7020670.
7021Foreign key is a subset of primary key is stated in -----------constraint
7022671.
7023The ways to accessing html elements in java script
7024document.getElementById("intro");
7025getElementsByTagName("p");
7026getElementsByClassName("intro");
7027document.forms["frm1"];
7028672.
7029temp=root->left;
7030 while(temp->right!=NULL)
7031 temp=temp->right;
7032 return temp;
7033 The above code snippet for a BST with the address of the root node in pointer ‘root’
7034 returns
7035Ans:Inorder Predecessor
7036
7037673.
7038R left outer join S on a=b gives
7039
7040673.
7041R left outer join S on a=b gives
7042674.
7043How many flip-flops are present in register of sixteen bits?
7044Ans: 16 Flip flops
7045675.
7046In one of the pairs of protocols given below, both the protocols can use multiple TCP connections between the same client and the server. Which one is that?
7047(A) HTTP, FTP
7048(B) HTTP, TELNET
7049(C) FTP, SMTP
7050(D) HTTP, SMTP
7051Answer: (A)
7052Explanation: HTTP may use different TCP connection for different objects of a webpage if non-persistent connections are used.
7053FTP uses two TCP connections, one for data and another control.
7054TELNET and FTP can only use ONE connection at a time.
7055676.
7056A subnet has been assigned a subnet mask of 255.255.255.192. What is the maximum number of hosts that can belong to this subnet?
7057(A) 14
7058(B) 30
7059(C) 62
7060(D) 126
7061Answer: (C)
7062677.
7063Which one of the following is not true?
7064
7065677.
7066Which one of the following is not true?
7067678.
7068
7069In a relational schema, each tuple is divided into fields called
7070A) Relations
7071B) Domains
7072C) Queries
7073D) All of the above
7074Ans: B) Domains
7075
7076679.
7077If a pipeline has five stages, assuming each stage is one cycle, the earliest time to receive an output from an instruction without any forwarding (not nop) is after which cycle?
7078680.
70794. What is the correct syntax for referring to an external script called " abc.js"
7080A. <script href=\" abc.js\"> B. <script name=\" abc.js\"> C. <script src=\" abc.js\"> D. None of the above
7081Ans: C. <script src=\" abc.js\">
7082681.
7083A system of interlinked hypertext documents accessed via the Internet is known as
7084The World Wide Web (abbreviated as WWW or W3, commonly known as the web), is a system of interlinked hypertext documents accessed via the Internet
7085681.
7086A system of interlinked hypertext documents accessed via the Internet is known as
7087682.
7088How many phases are present in the simplest pipeline system?
7089683.
7090The term scheme means:
7091684.
7092Value of checksum must be recalculated regardless of
7093De-fragmentation
7094Fragmentation
7095Transfer
7096Size
7097Ans: Fragmentation
7098685.
7099Identify the sorting technique that supports divide and conquer strategy and has (n2) complexity in worst case
7100a. Bubble sort
7101b. Insertion sort
7102c. Quick sort
7103d. All of above
7104Ans: c. Quick sort
7105685.
7106Identify the sorting technique that supports divide and conquer strategy and has (n2) complexity in worst case
7107686.
7108A ____________ is often used if you want the user to verify or accept
7109A confirm box is often used if you want the user to verify or accept something
7110687.
7111The language used in application programs to request data from the DBMS is referred to as the
7112A. DML
7113B. DDL
7114C. query language
7115D. All of the above
7116E. None of the above
7117Answer: Option A
7118688.
7119In Circuit Switching, resources need to be reserved during the
7120Ans: the resources need to be reserved during the setup phase
7121689.
7122Can any unsigned number be represented using one register in 64-bit processor
7123ANS: 2^63 – 1 numbers (Not sure).
7124689.
7125Can any unsigned number be represented using one register in 64-bit processor
7126690.
71271. Inorder and postorder traversal sequences of a binary tree are 45 50 55 65 70 75 80 85 90
7128and 45 55 65 50 75 90 85 80 70. What are its leaf nodes?
7129Ans: 45,55,70,85
7130691.
7131The protocol data unit (PDU) for the application layer in the Internet stack is
7132(A) Segment
7133(B) Datagram
7134(C) Message
7135(D) Frame
7136
7137Answer (C)
7138The Protocol Data Unit for Application layer in the Internet Stack (or TCP/IP) is called Message.
7139
7140692.
7141If the page size is 1024 bytes, what is the page number in decimal of the following virtual address
71421110 1010010101
7143693.
7144Which normal form is considered adequate for relational database design?
7145Ans: Which normal form is considered adequate for normal relational database design? Explanation: A relational database table is often described as “normalized†if it is in the Third Normal Form because most of the 3NF tables are free of insertion, update, and deletion anomalies
7146693.
7147Which normal form is considered adequate for relational database design?
7148694.
7149In Javascript, which of the following method is used to find out the character at a position in a string?
7150a) charAt()
7151b) CharacterAt()
7152c) CharPos()
7153d) characAt()
7154ans: a
7155695.
71561. The preorder traversal of the AVL tree obtained by inserting 17,7,20,10,8 is
7157696.
7158The concept of locking can be used to solve the problem of
7159Deadlock
7160 Lost update
7161 Inconsistent
7162 All of the above
7163Ans: All of the above
7164697.
7165What is the JavaScript syntax to insert a comment that has more than one line?
7166Next
7167ans: “/* … */†can be used to insert comment > 1line
7168
7169697.
7170What is the JavaScript syntax to insert a comment that has more than one line?
7171698.
7172In an Ethernet local area network, which one of the following statements isTRUE?
7173 (A) A station stops to sense the channel once it starts transmitting a frame.
7174(B) The purpose of the jamming signal is to pad the frames that are smaller than the minimum frame size.
7175(C) A station continues to transmit the packet even after the collision is detected.
7176(D) The exponential backoff mechanism reduces the probability of collision on retransmissions
7177
7178Answer: (D)
7179Explanation:
7180Now considering the Ethernet protocol we will discuss all the options one by one
7181
7182(A) This option is false as in Ethernet the station is not required to stop to sense for the channel prior frame transmission.
7183(B) A signal is jammed to inform all the other devices or stations about collision that has occurred so that further data transmission is stopped. Thus this option is also false
7184(C) Once the collision has occurred the data transmission is stopped as the jam signal is sent. Thus this option is also incorrect.
7185(D) To reduce the probability of collision on retransmissions an exponential back off mechanism is used. Thus, only this option is true
7186
7187699.
7188A queue data structure can be used for
7189Ans: Typical uses of queues are in simulations and operating systems.
7190Operating systems often maintain a queue of processes that are ready to execute or that are waiting for a particular event to occur.
7191Computer systems must often provide a “holding area†for messages between two processes, two programs, or even two systems. This holding area is usually called a “buffer†and is often implemented as a queue.
7192700.
7193Given four frames in main memory, the following is the content of the page table. Assuming the frames are fetched at time instant 3, 4, 1, 2 which frame will be replaced to place the page 46(????) using first in first out replacement algorithm?
719423
719534
719610
71974
7198page 46?????
7199Answers not found:
7200[670,679,689,692]
7201
7202701.
7203………… is very useful in situation when data have to stored and then retrieved in reverse order.
7204Ans: Stack
7205702.
7206Consider the following message M = 1010001101. The cyclic redundancy check (CRC) for this message using the divisor polynomial x5 + x4 + x2 + 1 is : 01110
7207Ans: 01110
7208703.
7209The daisy chaining prioirty gives least priority to which device?
7210Ans: Slow devices such as Keyboard
7211704.
7212What does isNaN function do in JavaScript?
7213Ans:The isNaN() function determines whether a value is an illegal number (Not-a-Number). This function returns true if the value equates to NaN. Otherwise it returns false.
7214705.
7215In a E-R diagram, ellipses represent a
7216Ans : Attributes are represented by means of ellipses. Every ellipse represents one attribute
7217706.
7218Which of the following desired features are beyond the capability of relational algebra?
7219(a) Aggregate computation (b) Multiplication (c) Finding transitive closure (d) None of the above
7220Ans: All a,b,c (Aggregate Computation,Multiplication,Finding transitive closure)
7221707.
7222A binary search tree whose left subtree and right subtree differ in hight by at most 1 unit is called ……
7223Ans AVL Tree
7224708.
7225How do you create a new object in JavaScript?
7226Ans :There are various ways to create an object in js:
7227a)define a constructor function and then create an object by using the new keyword
7228b)Using object.create() method
7229Object.create(proto [, propertiesObject ])
7230
7231709. Which method is implemented in RAID 1?
7232Ans Parity
7233
7234
7235710.
7236Dotted-decimal notation of 10000001 00001011 00001011 11101111 would be
7237Ans: 129 .11 .11.239
7238711.
7239What are the potential problems when a DBMS executes multiple transaction concurrently
7240Ans: Lost update problem,dirty read problem
7241712.
7242In the IPv4 addressing format, the number of networks allowed under Class C addresses is
7243Ans: 2^21
7244713.
7245A processor can support a maximum memory of 4 GB, where the memory is word-addressable (a word consists of two bytes). The size of the address bus of the processor is at least __________ bits
7246Ans: Maximum Memory = 4GB = 232 bytes
7247Size of a word = 2 bytes
7248Therefore, Number of words = 232 / 2 = 231
7249So, we require 31 bits for the address bus of the processor.
7250714.
7251When determining the efficiency of algorithm the time factor is measured by
7252Ans: Counting the number of key operations
7253715.
7254What is the output of following JavaScript code?
7255
7256Ans: Quality 100
7257
7258716.
7259Linked lists are best suited
7260
7261Ans for the size of the structure and the data in the structure are constantly changing
7262
7263717.
7264Let R be a relation. Which of the following comments about the relation R are correct?
7265Ans ??
7266718.
7267Which one of the following allows a user at one site to establish a connection to another site and then pass keystrokes from local host to remote host?
7268Ans : Telnet
7269
7270719.
7271Which of the following object is the highest-level object in the browser object hierarchy?
7272AnsJavascript Window object
7273720.
7274RAM type is justified as
7275Ans RAM is justified as being reliable and error detecting
7276
7277
7278721.
7279The size of the data count register of a DMA controller is 16 bits. The processor needs to transfer a file of 29,154 kilobytes from disk to main memory. The memory is byte addressable. The minimum number of times the DMA controller needs to get the control of the system bus from the processor to transfer the file from the disk to main memory is
7280Ans
7281Size of data count register of the DMA controller = 16 bits
7282Data that can be transferred in one go = 216 bytes = 64 kilobytes
7283File size to be transferred = 29154 kilobytes
7284So, number of times the DMA controller needs to get the control of the system bus from the processor to transfer the file from the disk to main memory = ceil(29154/64) = 456
7285722.
7286Changing the conceptual schema without having to change physical schema is
7287Ans Data Independence
7288723.
7289The resources needed for communication between end systems are reserved for the duration of session between end systems in
7290Ans Circuit Switching
7291724.
7292What is the output of following JavaScript code?
7293
7294Ans 2
7295
7296725.
7297Linked list are not suitable data structure of which one of the following problems ?
7298Ans: Binary Search(Because it will take O(n/2) time to find the middle element)
7299726.
7300What is the output of following JavaScript code?
7301
7302AnsChadha,Software,Technologies
7303727.
7304Which of the following is useful in implementing quick sort?
7305Ans Stacks
7306728.
7307Which of the following raid levels provides maximum usable disk space?
7308Ans Raid 0
7309729.
7310Which one of the following fields of an IP header is NOT modified by a typical IP router?
7311
7312Ans Source Address
7313730.
7314________ extracts the DML statements from a host language and passes to DML Compiler
7315AnsPrecompiler
7316731.
7317What are the states of the Auxiliary Carry (AC) and Carry Flag (CF) after executing the following 8085 program? MVI H, 5DH; MIV L, 6BH; MOV A, H; ADD L
7318Ans AC=1 CY 0
7319732.
7320Truncate is _________ command
7321Ans DDL
7322733.
7323These networking classes encapsulate the "socket" paradigm pioneered in the (BSD) Give the abbreviation of BSD?
7324AnsBerkeley Software Distribution
7325734.
7326Which of the following object represents the HTML document loaded into a browser window?
7327Ans Window object
7328735.
7329What is the result of the following operation Top (Push (S, X))
7330Ans X
7331736.
7332The performance of cache memory is frequently measured in terms of a quantity called
7333Ans Hit Ratio
7334737.
7335What is the output of following JavaScript code?
7336
7337
7338737.
7339What is the output of following JavaScript code?
7340
7341Ans 16
7342738.
7343A transaction is permanently saved in the hard disk only after giving
7344Ans COMMIT Command
7345739.
7346In a priority queue insertion and deletion takes place at
7347Ans Any Position
7348740.
7349If message in Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) sub layer of Application Adaptation Layer 3/4 has value of Segment type is 11 then it is called a
7350Ans Single segmented Message
7351741.
7352Digital signature envelope is decrypted by using _________.
7353Ans Symmetric key
7354742.
7355When does the top value of stack changes?
7356AnsBefore Insertion
7357743.
7358DMA is useful for the operations
7359AnsDMA is useful for transferring data between memory and devices if large volume of data is to be transferred, or the devices have small response times.
7360744.The data manipulation language (DML)
7361Ans ??
7362745.
7363What is mean by "this" keyword in javascript?
7364AnsIn JavaScript, the thing called this, is the object that "owns" the JavaScript code. The value of this, when used in a function, is the object that "owns" the function. The value of this, when used in an object, is the object itself. The this keyword in an object constructor does not have a value.
7365746.
7366int unknown(int n) {
7367inti, j, k = 0;
7368for (i = n/2; i<= n; i++)
7369for (j = 2; j <= n; j = j * 2)
7370 k = k + n/2;
7371return k;
7372 }
7373Ans ??
7374747.
7375Math. round(-20.5)=?
7376Ans 21
7377748.
7378An advantage of the database approach is
7379AnsThe advantages in the database approach are as follows:
7380
7381ï‚§ All the three managers are using the same database; hence, any report using the information will not be inconsistent.
7382
7383ï‚§ All the three managers can view the database as per their needs.
7384
7385ï‚§ The application systems can be developed independent of the database.
7386
7387ï‚§ The data validation and updating will be once and same for all.
7388
7389ï‚§ The data is shared by all users.
7390
7391ï‚§ The data security and privacy can be managed and ensured because the data entry in the database occurs once only and is protected by the security measures.
7392
7393ï‚§ Since the database is storage of the structured information, the queries can be answered fast by using the logic of the data structures.
7394
7395
7396
7397749.
7398If a class B network on the Internet has a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0, what is the maximum number of hosts per subnet?
7399Ans 2046
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405750.
7406Computers use addressing mode techniques for _____________________.
7407Ans : A. giving programming versatility to the user by providing facilities as pointers to memory counters for loop control
7408B. to reduce no. of bits in the field of instruction
7409C. specifying rules for modifying or interpreting address field of the instruction
7410Ans ALL ABC
7411
7412Questions 751-800
7413751) sort()
7414752) Tunnel
7415753) NA (Not Answerable)
7416754) 5
7417755) 16
7418756) 116,116
7419757) Specialized SQL servers
7420758) length()
7421759) equal to one machine cycle
7422760) network layer -4 times, data link layer-6times
7423761) forEach()
7424762) NA
7425763) NA
7426764) 800
7427765) 1011
7428766) Frame Relay
7429767) 35Kbytes
7430768) NA
7431769) NA
7432770) NA
7433771) DNS query, TCP SYNC, HTTP GET Request
7434772) has higher speed
7435773) NA
7436774) NA
7437775) BCNF
7438776) Transport Layer Security
7439777) NA
7440778) Internet
7441779) 31%
7442780) MF bit: 0, Datagram Length: 1444; Offset: 370
7443781) 26,11,16
7444782) 165
7445783) two independent, distributed parity
7446784) let trimmed =(l.trim()for(l in lines));
7447785)combining several independent and relatively small disks into a single storage of a large size.
7448786) indexed addressing mode
7449787) ["delhi", "agra", "akot", "aligarh", "palampur"]
7450788)It can cause an error
7451789) UDP Addresses
7452790) 1000
7453791)It can be used to prevent packet looping
7454792)mutual exclusion
7455b) a process may hold allocated resources while awaiting assignment of other resources
7456c) no resource can be forcibly removed from a process holding it
7457d) all of the mentioned
7458Answer-All of the mentioned
7459
7460793) (double) amount
7461794)WHERE P1. Capacity >= All (select P2. Capacity from Cinema P2)
7462795) meta-character
7463796) 2 and 3 only
7464797) instruction cycle (sometimes called a fetch–decode–execute cycle)
7465798) multiplexing
7466799) normal pointer
7467800) NA
7468SLOT 18 (851-900)
7469851.
7470Grant and revoke are ....... statements
7471DCL
7472852.
7473Which function among the following lets to register a function to be invoked repeatedly after a certain time?
7474setInterval()
7475853.
7476Integer division in a C program results in
7477Truncation
7478853.
7479Integer division in a C program results in
7480Truncation
7481854.
7482
7483.......... command can be used to modify a column in a table
7484SQL ALTER TABLE
7485855.
7486The processed S/MIME along with security related data is called as ________.
7487public key cryptography standard.
7488856.
7489Which is the handler method used to invoke when uncaught JavaScript exceptions occur?
7490onerror
7491857.
7492The function f(x) = ab + a can be simplified as
7493858.
7494For CÂ Programming language,
7495859.
7496___________ Substitution is a process that accepts 48 bits from the XOR operation.
7497S-box.
7498
7499860.
7500Which property is used to obtain browser vendor and version information?
7501navigator
7502861.
7503The number of squares in K-map of n-variables is power of 2
7504
7505862.
7506Consider the C function given below.
7507int f(int j)
7508{
7509static int i = 50;
7510int k;
7511if (i == j)
7512{
7513printf(?something?);
7514k = f(i);
7515return 0;
7516}
7517else return 0;
7518}
7519Which one of the following is TRUE?
7520863.
7521Data independence means It means we change the physical storage/level without affecting the conceptual or external view of the data. The new changes are absorbed by mapping techniques. Logical data independence is the ability to modify the logical schema without causing application program to be rewritten.
7522864.
7523The output of combinational circuit depends on current combination of input values
7524865.
7525Which method receives the return value of setInterval() to cancel future invocations?
7526clearInterval()
7527866.
7528In …tunnel……………. Mode, the authentication header is inserted immediately after the IP header.
7529867.
75306. Consider the below code fragment:
7531if(fork k( ) = = 0)
7532{
7533a= a+5; printf(?%d, %d \n?, a, &a);
7534}
7535else
7536{
7537a= a ? 5;
7538printf(?%d %d \n?, 0, &a);
7539}
7540Let u, v be the values printed by parent process and x, y be the values printed by child process. Which one of the following is true?
7541868.
7542DCL stands for data control language
7543
7544869.
7545_content-id________ uniquely identifies the MIME entities uniquely with reference to multiple contexts.
7546870.
7547Which of the folloiwng is fully functional ?
7548871.
7549Find the output of the following program?
7550
7551#include
7552using namespace std;
7553typedef int * IntPtr;
7554int main()
7555{
7556IntPtr A, B, C;
7557int D,E;
7558A = new int(3);
7559B = new int(6);
7560C = new int(9);
7561D = 10;
7562E = 20;
7563*A = *B;
7564B = &E;
7565D = (*B)++;
7566*C= (*A)++ * (*B)--;
7567E= *C++ - *B--;
7568cout<<*A<<*B<<*C<<d<<e;
7569 return 0;
7570}</d<<e;
7571
7572872.
7573
7574.…constraint……………… is preferred method for enforcing data integrity
7575
7576873.
7577The setTimeout() belongs to which object?
7578window
7579874.
7580Which one of the following is a cryptographic protocol used to secure HTTP connection?
7581Transport Layer Security (TLS)
7582875.
7583The library function exit() causes an exit from the program in which it occurs
7584876.
7585The alphabet are represented in which format inside the computer? ASCII
7586877.
7587Which of the following is not a binary operator in relational algebra?
7588
7589878.
7590Which method receives the return value of setTimeout() to cancel future invocations?
7591clearTimeout()
7592879.
7593What will happen if we call setTimeout() with a time of 0 ms?
7594Placed in queue
7595880.
7596Electronic code book (ecb) is a mode of operation for a block cipher, with the characteristic that each possible block of plaintext has a defined corresponding ciphertext value and vice versa.
7597881.
7598The number of bits to represent 128 sets in direct mapped cache is 7
7599882.
7600Which of the following is/are not a DDL statements?
7601update
7602883.
7603Which of the following statement is correct about destructors?
7604 A destructor has no return type.
7605884.
7606To which object does the location property belong?
7607window
7608885.
7609The interrupts are serviced using which of the folloiwng
7610886.
7611
7612Which database level is closest to the users?
7613external
7614887.
7615 Java package is a grouping mechanism with the purpose of
7616
7617888.
7618A network with CSMA/CD protocol in the MAC layer is running at 1 Gbps over a 1 km cable with no repeaters. The signal speed in the cable is 2 x 108 m/sec. The minimum frame size for this network should be
7619889.
7620
7621 RAW data type can store unstructured data
7622
7623890.
76241. What will be printed as the output of the following program?
7625 public class testincr
7626 {
7627 public static void main(String args[])
7628 {
7629 int i = 0;
7630 i = i++ + i;
7631 System.out.println(" I = " +i);
7632 }
7633 }
7634
7635
7636891.
7637What is the data structure used for executing interrupt service subroutine ?
7638Stack (LIFO)
7639892.
7640What is the access point (AP) in wireless LAN?
7641It is a networking hardware device that allows a Wi-Fi device to connect to a wired network
7642893.
7643What is the result of the following code snippet?
7644window.location === document.location
7645true
7646
7647894.
7648 Which multiple access technique is used by IEEE 802.11 standard for wireless LAN?
7649Csma/ca
7650895.
7651In which part does the form validation should occur?
7652server
7653896.
7654The output in sequential circuit depends on which of the folloiwng?
7655Present as well as past inputs
7656897.
7657To prevent any method from overriding, the method has to declared as final
7658898.
7659A table can have only one primary key
7660899.
7661The power consumed by full adder can be reduced by using which of the following?
7662900.
7663A 20 Kbps satellite link has a propagation delay of 400 ms. The transmitter employs the "go back n ARQ" scheme with n set to 10. Assuming that each frame is 100 bytes long, what is the maximum data rate possible?
7664
7665901.
7666What is the output of the following program:
7667 public class testmeth
7668 {
7669 staticinti = 1;
7670 public static void main(String args[])
7671 {
7672 System.out.println(i+†, “);
7673 m(i);
7674 System.out.println(i);
7675 }
7676 public void m(inti)
7677 {
7678 i += 2;
7679 }
7680 }
7681
7682ANSWER : 1,1
7683
7684901.
7685What is the output of the following program:
7686 public class testmeth
7687 {
7688 staticinti = 1;
7689 public static void main(String args[])
7690 {
7691 System.out.println(i+†, “);
7692 m(i);
7693 System.out.println(i);
7694 }
7695 public void m(inti)
7696 {
7697 i += 2;
7698 }
7699 }
7700ANSWER : 1,1
7701
7702
7703902.
7704-------------------module of the DBMS controls access to DBMS information that is stored on disk, whether it is part of the database or the catalog
7705ANSWER : MANAGER MODULE
7706
7707903.
7708How to find the index of a particular string?
7709a.position()
7710b.index()
7711c.indexOf()
7712d.Noneofthementioned
7713Answer: C
7714Explanation : The indexOf() function can be used to find out the index of a particular character or a string.
7715
7716904.
7717Which of the following is the child object of the JavaScript navigator?
7718a.Navicat
7719b.Plugins
7720c.NetRight
7721d. None of the mentioned
7722Answer : b
7723Explanation : The JavaScript navigator object includes a child object called plugins.
7724
7725905.
7726The number of distinct symbols in radix-r is
7727Answer : ‘R’
7728
7729905.
7730The number of distinct symbols in radix-r is
7731Answer : ‘R’
7732
7733
7734
7735906.
7736---------------- component of DBMS extracts DML commands from an application program written in a host programming language
7737ANSWER: The pre-compiler
7738907.
7739A wireless network interface controller can work in
7740
7741a) infrastructure mode
7742b) ad-hoc mode
7743c)both(a) and (b)
7744d) none of the mentioned
7745Answer: c
7746Explanation: In infrastructure mode WNIC needs access point but in ad-hoc mode access point is not required.
7747
7748
7749908.
7750Given the code
7751 String s1 = “ VIT†;
7752 String s2 = “ VIT “ ;
7753 String s3 = new String ( s1);
7754 Which of the following would equate to true?
7755
7756(A) s1 == s2
7757(B) s1 = s2
7758(C) s3 == s1
7759(D) s1.equals(s2)
7760(E) s3.equals(s1)
7761• (A), (C) & (E)
7762• (A), (B) & (C)
7763• (C), (D) & (E)
7764• (D) & (E)
7765• (A), (D) & (E)
7766Answer: (A), (D) & (E)
7767909.
7768Can a system have multiple DMA controllers?
7769
7770909.
7771Can a system have multiple DMA controllers?
7772910.
7773Which one of the following event is not possible in wireless LAN.
7774
7775a) collision detection
7776b) acknowledgement of data frames
7777c) multi-mode data transmission
7778d) none of the mentioned
7779Answer: a
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784911.
7785Which of the following are the properties of a plug-in entry?
7786a. name
7787b. filename
7788c. mimeTypes
7789d. All of the mentioned
7790View Answer
7791Answer : d
7792
7793912.
7794The runtime database processor of DBMS executes-----------
7795ANSWER: QUERY CODE
7796913.
7797What is the sequence of major events in the life of an applet?
7798Answer: i) loading the applet ii) leaving and returning to the appltes page iii) reloading the applet iv) quitting the browser
7799
7800913.
7801What is the sequence of major events in the life of an applet?
7802
7803914.
7804What is the purpose of the mimeTypes property of a plug-in entry?
7805a. Contains MIME properties
7806b. Contains MIME sizes
7807c. Contains MIME types
7808d. None of the mentioned
7809Answer : c
7810
7811915.
7812What is the number of maxterms in a function of n variables?
7813
7814916.
7815A relation R(A,B,C,D,E,H) has the following functional dependencies
7816 F= {{A→BC},{CD→E},{E→C}, {D→AEH}, {ABH→BD}, {DH→BC}}.
7817Find the Normal form of the relation
7818
7819917.
7820What is Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) ?
7821a) security algorithm for ethernet
7822b) security algorithm for wireless networks
7823c) security algorithm for usb communication
7824d) none of the mentioned
7825View Answer
7826Answer: b
7827
7828
7829917.
7830What is Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) ?
7831918.
7832Which of the following events will cause a thread to die?
7833
7834ANSWER : D
7835919.
7836A subset of a network that includes all the routers but contains no loops is called:
7837a) spanning tree
7838b) spider structure
7839c) spider tree
7840d) none of the mentioned
7841Answer: a
7842
7843920.
7844A method within a class is only accessible by classes that are defined within the same package as the class of the method. Which one of the following is used to enforce such restriction?
7845(a) Declare the method with the keyword public
7846(b) Declare the method with the keyword private
7847(c) Declare the method with the keyword protected
7848(d) Do not declare the method with any accessibility modifiers
7849(e) Declare the method with the keyword public and private.
7850ANSWER: D
7851921.
7852How many output lines are present in an encoder with 2^n input lines?
7853ANSWER: N
7854921.
7855How many output lines are present in an encoder with 2^n input lines?
7856922.
7857AJAX has become very commonly used because
78581. it allows pages to be interactive without further communication with the server.
78592. XML is a close relative of HTML.
78603. it avoids the need for JavaScript.
78614. it allows page content to be updated without requiring a full page reload.
7862ANSWER : 4
7863923.
7864-------------index has an entry for every search key value (and hence every record) in the data file
7865ANSWER : A DENSE INDEX
7866924.
7867If link transmits 4000 frames per second, and each slot has 8 bits,the transmission rate of circuit this TDM is
7868ANS: 32KBPS
7869925.
7870Consider the following code.
7871static void nPrint(String message, int n) {
7872 while (n > 0) {
7873 System.out.print(message);
7874 n--;
7875 }
7876}
7877What is the printout of the call nPrint('a', 4)?
7878 ANS: invalid call (because char 'a' cannot be passed to deal table)
7879
7880925.
7881Consider the following code.
7882static void nPrint(String message, int n) {
7883 while (n > 0) {
7884 System.out.print(message);
7885 n--;
7886 }
7887}
7888What is the printout of the call nPrint('a', 4)?
7889
7890
7891926.
7892More than one transaction can apply this lock on X for reading its value but no write lock can be applied on X by any other transaction. What is that lock?
7893Answer: shared/exclusive locks
7894927.
7895Which of the following is not a reason XML gained popularity as a data interchange format for AJAX?
78961. It has been around a while and libraries exist for many languages to work with it
78972. It can be navigated using JavaScript DOM methods.
78983. It is extensible, allowing it to be adapted to virtually any application.
78994. It is concise and simple to use.
7900Answer : 4.
7901928.
7902Which flip flop has the characterstic function Q(next) = input
7903929.
7904Which method must be defined by a class implementing the java.lang.Runnable
7905 interface?
7906
7907929.
7908Which method must be defined by a class implementing the java.lang.Runnable
7909 interface?
7910
7911930.
7912Which one of the following allows a user at one site to establish a connection to another site and then pass keystrokes from local host to remote host?
7913a) HTTP
7914b) FTP
7915c) telnet
7916d) none of the mentioned
7917Show Answer
7918Answer: c
7919
7920931.
7921The jQuery AJAX methods .get(), .post(), and .ajax() all require which parameter to be supplied?
7922932.
7923The performance of cache memories is measured by
7924Answer: hit ratio
7925933.
7926Lock manager uses -------------- to store the identify of transaction locking a data item, the data item, lock mode and pointer to the next data item locked.
7927Answer: lock table
7928
7929933.
7930Lock manager uses -------------- to store the identify of transaction locking a data item, the data item, lock mode and pointer to the next data item locked.
7931934.
7932The probability that a single bit will be in error on a typical public telephone line using 4800 bps modem is 10 to the power -3. If no error detection mechanism is used, the residual error rate for a communication line using 9-bit frames is approximately equal to
7933935.
7934If an AJAX request made using jQuery fails,
79351. the browser will automatically report the problem with an alert message.
79362. an error message will be displayed in the browser window content area.
79373. the programmer should arrange for it to be reported using the jQuery .fail() method.
79384. there is no way to notify the user.
7939Answer: 3.
7940
7941936.
7942-------------is used to summarize information from multiple tuples into a single-tuple summary
7943Answer: Aggregate functions
7944937.
7945In negative edge triggered flip flop, the transitions happen at
7946
7947937.
7948In negative edge triggered flip flop, the transitions happen at
7949938.
795013. Which of the following line of code is suitable to start a thread ?
7951A.
7952Thread t = new Thread(X);
7953B.
7954Thread t = new Thread(X); t.start();
7955C.
7956X run = new X(); Thread t = new Thread(run); t.start();
7957D.
7958Thread t = new Thread(); x.run();
7959Answer: Option C
7960
7961
7962939.
7963Which method is used to call the base class methods from the subclass?
7964
7965940.
7966Nested documents in the HTML can be done using
7967941.
7968Frames from one LAN can be transmitted to another LAN via the device
7969A. Router
7970B. Bridge
7971C. Repeater
7972D. Modem
7973E. None of the above
7974Answer: Option B
7975
7976
7977941.
7978Frames from one LAN can be transmitted to another LAN via the device
7979942.
7980In ER- Relational Mapping, Binary 1:1 Relationship types are mapped to ----------
7981943.
7982The race condition in RS flip flop is rectified in which flip flop
7983944.
7984What does the command XCHG in 8085 do?
7985945.
7986A new web browser window can be opened using which method of the Window object ?
7987a. createtab()
7988b. Window.open()
7989c. open()
7990d. All of the mentioned
7991Answer : b
7992
7993945.
7994A new web browser window can be opened using which method of the Window object ?
7995946.
7996--------------contains information such as the structure of each file, the type and storage format of each data item, and various constraints on the data
7997Answer: system Catalogue
7998947.
7999You are working with a network that is 172.16.0.0 and would like to support 600 hosts per subnet. What subnet mask should you use?
8000A.
8001255.255.192.0
8002B.
8003255.255.224.0
8004C.
8005255.255.240.0
8006D.
8007255.255.248.0
8008E.
8009255.255.252.0
8010Answer: Option E
8011
8012948.
8013Answer the following question based on the given table.
8014Package Name Class Name
8015Lab.project.util Date, Time
8016Lab.project.game Car, Puzzle
8017
8018What will be the access modifier if a method in Date class is inherited in the Puzzle class?
8019
8020949.
8021Which of the following digits are known as the sub-address digits (for use by the user) of the Network User Address (NUA)?
8022A. 05-Jul
8023B. 01-Apr
8024C. 08-Dec
8025D. 13-14
8026E. None of the above
8027Answer: Option D
8028
8029949.
8030Which of the following digits are known as the sub-address digits (for use by the user) of the Network User Address (NUA)?
8031
8032950.
8033What statement is used to execute stored procedure in Java JDBC
8034A.
8035950.
8036What statement is used to execute stored procedure in Java JDBC
8037CallableStatement cstmt =null;
8038try{
8039String SQL ="{call getEmpName (?, ?)}";
8040 cstmt =conn.prepareCall(SQL);
8041...
8042}
8043catch(SQLException e){
8044...
8045}
8046finally{
8047...
8048}
8049
8050A.
8051951.
8052Who is responsible for correlating the different perspectives of distinct users?
8053
8054952.
8055Which object serves as the global object at the top of the scope chain?
8056a. Hash
8057b. Property
8058c. Element
8059d. Window
8060
8061953.
8062If the opearand of stack operation is register, the stack contents in 8085 store which of the following?
8063953.
8064If the opearand of stack operation is register, the stack contents in 8085 store which of the following?
8065954.
8066What does the location property represent?
8067a. Current DOM object
8068b. Current URL
8069c. Both a and b
8070d. None of the mentioned
8071
8072955.
8073In 8085 subtraction is performed using which method? by the 2's complement method
8074
8075956.
8076Data Model that provides ad-hoc queries is --------------
8077957.
8078Consider following code.
8079public class Test {
8080public static void main(String[] args) {
8081 System.out.println(m(2));
8082}
8083public static int m(int num) {
8084 return num;
8085}
8086public static void m(int num) {
8087 System.out.println(num);
8088}
8089}
8090
8091
8092958.
8093
8094A modulator converts a _____ signal to a(n) _____ signal.
8095A. FSK; PSK
8096B. PSK; FSK
8097C. analog; digital
8098D. digital; analog
8099E. None of the above
8100
8101
8102959.
8103Consider the following code:
8104public class Test {
8105public static void main(String[] args) {
8106 int[] x = new int[5];
8107 int i;
8108 for (i = 0; i <x.length; i++)
8109 x[i] = i;
8110 System.out.println(x[i]);
8111}
8112}
8113
8114The program has a runtime error because the last statement in the main method causes ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException.
8115
8116
8117960.
8118What is the number of distinct symbols in base-16 ?
8119961.
8120What is the loopback address? type of IP address that is used to test the communication or transportation medium on a local network card and/or for testing network applications. Special ip address 127.0.0.1
8121962.
8122Which among the following is not a property of the Location object?
8123a. protocol
8124b. host
8125c. hostee
8126d. hostname
8127
8128963.
8129A state that refers to the database when it is loaded is---------INITIAL DATABASE STATE
8130964.
8131
8132A 4 KHz noise less channel with one sample ever 125 per sec is used to transmit digital signals. Differential PCM with 4 bit relative signal value is used. Then how many bits per second are actually sent?
8133.
813432 Kbps
8135B.
813664 Kbps
8137C.
81388 Kbps
8139D.
8140128 Kbps.
8141
8142965.
8143------------------ is used to describe the structure and constraints for the whole database for a community of users hides the details of physical storage structures in three -schema architecture
8144965.
8145------------------ is used to describe the structure and constraints for the whole database for a community of users hides the details of physical storage structures in three -schema architecture
8146966.
8147How many bits are present in registers A, B, C together in 8085?24bit.. each 8 bit
8148967.
8149What will be the value of c at the end of execution?
8150public static void main(String args[])
8151{ int a = 10, b = 2,c=0,d=0;
8152int[] A = {1,2,3};
8153try { c=a/b;
8154try { d = a/(a-a); d= A[1]+1; }
8155 catch(ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException e)
8156 { System.out.println("Array - unreachable element "+e); }
8157Finally { System.out.println("Finally block inside "); } }
8158 catch(Exception e)
8159 { System.out.println("Some Problem:"+e); b = 1; c = a/b; }
8160 finally { System.out.println("Finally block outside“) }
8161 System.out.println("after try/catch blocks");
8162System.out.println("Ans = " +c); }
8163
8164ERROR two
8165
8166968.
8167What is the return type of the hash property?A String
8168969.
8169What does the instruction INX H perform in 8085 microprocessor?It means the location pointed by the HL pair is incremented by 1
8170
8171
8172970.
8173Which is the method that removes the current document from the browsing history before laoding the new document?
8174
8175
8176 modify()
8177 assign()
8178 replace()
8179 remove()
8180971.
8181What is the minimum number of wires required for sending data over a serial communications links?
8182A. 1
8183B. 2 (answer)
8184C. 4
8185D. 6
8186
8187972.
8188----------------describes the the part of the database that a particular user group is interested in and hides the rest.
8189973.
8190Which method is used for loading the driver in Java JDBC.
8191A.
8192Next
8193
8194973.
81951. Which method is used for loading the driver in Java JDBC.Class.forName()
8196
8197A.
8198974.
8199Why is the replace() method better than the assign() method?
8200975.
8201Which one is the first high level programming language
8202976.
8203In cyclic redundancy checking, the divisor is _____ the CRC.
8204Answer:-One bit more than
8205
8206977.
8207The 8255 chip is an example of
8208
8209977.
8210The 8255 chip is an example of
8211978.
8212------------ is used to define internal schema
8213979.
8214What is the purpose of the assign() method?copy the values of all enumerable own properties from one or more source objects to a target object
8215
8216980.
8217An error-detecting code inserted as a field in a block of data to be transmitted is known asFrame check sequence
8218
8219981.
8220When a class extends the Thread class ,it should override ............ method of Thread class to start that thread.Run()
8221
8222981.
8223982.
8224Centralized DBMS has---------- (NOT FOUND)
8225983.
8226What is 8254 used for? (NOT FOUND)
8227984.
8228Which two are valid constructors for Thread?
8229
8230a.) Thread(Runnable r, String name)
8231b.) Thread()
8232c.) Thread(int priority)
8233d.) Thread(Runnable r, ThreadGroup g)
8234e.) Thread(Runnable r, int priority)
8235
8236985.
8237Working of the WAN generally involves
8238A. telephone lines
8239B. microwaves
8240C. satellites
8241D. All of the above
8242
8243
8244986.
824510.The history property belongs to which object?
8246a. Element
8247b. Window
8248c. History
8249d. Location
8250
8251987.
8252How many modes are present in 8255 and what are they?
8253988.
8254An Employee entity of a company database can be a SECRETARY, TECHNICIAN or MANAGER.
8255What kind of participation constraint can be used for Employee and its job types?
8256
8257989.
8258If you configure the TCP/IP address and other TCP/IP parameters manually, you can always verify the configuration through which of the following? Select the best answer.
8259A.
8260Network Properties dialog box
8261B.
8262Server Services dialog box
8263C.
8264DHCPINFO command-line utility
8265D.
8266Advanced Properties tab of TCP/ IP Info.
8267E.
8268None of the above
8269
8270990.
8271If we can determine exactly those entities that will become members of each subclass by a condition then such subclasses are called--------------
8272 Answer:-predicate-defined
8273
8274991.
8275Which of the following is one of the fundamental features of JavaScript?Single-threaded
8276
8277992.
8278Which of the following is DMA controller?
8279993.
8280public class MyRunnable implements Runnable
8281{
8282public void run()
8283{
8284// some code here
8285}
8286}
8287
8288which of these will create and start this thread?
8289Answer:- new Thread(new MyRunnable()).start();
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295994.
8296OOPs
8297
8298Find the output of the following program?
8299
8300#include
8301#define pow(x) (x)*(x)*(x)
8302using namespace std;
8303
8304int main()
8305{
8306int a=3,b=3;
8307a=pow(b++)/b++;
8308cout<<a<<b;
8309 return 0;
8310}</a<<b;
8311
8312995.
8313The expected size of the join result divided by the maximum size is called nR * nS leads to a ratio called join selectivity
8314 _________________.
8315996.
8316How many gate delays are present in efficient implementation of XOR gate ?
8317997.
8318Four bits are used for packet sequence numbering in a sliding window protocol used in a computer network. What is the maximum window size?
8319Answer:-15
8320
8321998.
8322Given the code
8323String s1 = ? VIT? ;
8324String s2 = ? VIT ? ;
8325String s3 = new String ( s1);
8326Which of the following would equate to true?
8327
8328999.
8329What is the output of the following program?
8330
8331#include
8332using namespace std;
8333int main()
8334{
8335int x=20;
8336if(!(!x)&&x)
8337cout<<x;
8338 else
8339{
8340x=10;
8341cout<<x;
8342 return 0;
8343}}</x;
8344</x;
8345
83461000.
8347How many possible outcome values are present in boolean algebra?
83481001.
8349. The attributes in foreign key and primary key have the same ____________.
8350
83511001.
8352. The attributes in foreign key and primary key have the same ____________.
83531002.
8354Error control is needed at the transport layer because of potential errors occurring _____. In routers
8355
83561003.
8357What is the correct HTML for making a hyperlink?
8358<a href=â€linkâ€> text</a>
8359
8360Slot 21 – 1001 – 1048
8361
8362
83631001.
8364. The attributes in foreign key and primary key have the same number of tuples.
83651002.
8366Error control is needed at the transport layer because of potential errors occurring in routers.
8367
83681003.
8369What is the correct HTML for making a hyperlink?
8370<a href=http://websitename.com>websitename.com</a>
8371
83721004.
8373 Naïve or parametric end users users work on canned transactions
83741005.
8375Determine the output of the following code?
8376
8377#include
8378using namespace std;
8379
8380void func_a(int *k)
8381{
8382*k += 20;
8383}
8384
8385void func_b(int *x)
8386{
8387int m=*x,*n = &m;
8388*n+=10;
8389}
8390
8391int main()
8392{
8393int var = 25,*varp=&var;
8394func_a(varp);
8395*varp += 10;
8396func_b(varp);
8397cout<<var<<*varp;
8398 return 0;
8399}
8400OUTPUT – 55 55
84011006.
8402Data link layer retransmits the damaged frames in most networks. If the probability of a frame's being damaged is p, what is the mean number of transmissions required to send a frame if acknowledgements are never lost.
8403Answer – 1/(1-p)
8404
84051007.
8406Which of the following input controls that cannot be placed using tag?
84071008.
8408What does JSP stand for?
8409Java Server Pages
84101009.
8411If a hospital has to store the description of each visit of a patient according to date what attribute you will use in the patient entity type?
8412Composite
84131010.
8414What will be the output of the following program?
8415
8416#include
8417using namespace std;
8418
8419class x {
8420public:
8421int a;
8422x();
8423};
8424x::x() { a=10; cout<
8425
8426class b:public x {
8427public:
8428b();
8429};
8430b::b() { a=20; cout<
8431
8432int main ()
8433{
8434b temp;
8435return 0;
8436}
8437Output - 20
8438
84391011.
8440Find the output of the following program?
8441
8442#include
8443using namespace std;
8444
8445void myFunction(int& x, int* y, int* z) {
8446static int temp=1;
8447temp += (temp + temp) - 1;
8448x += *(y++ + *z)+ temp - ++temp;
8449*y=x;
8450x=temp;
8451*z= x;
8452cout<<x<<*y<<*z<<temp;
8453
8454}
8455
8456int main() {
8457int i = 0;
8458int j[] = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9};
8459i=i++ - ++i;
8460myFunction(i, j, &i);
8461return 0;
8462}</x<<*y<<*z<<temp;
8463
84641012.
8465The SQL statement SELECT SUBSTR('123456789', INSTR('abcabcabc','b'), 4) FROM EMP; prints
8466Output – 2345
84671013.
8468Selectors is used to define a special CSS style for a group of HTML elements
84691014.
8470JAVA PROGRAMMING
8471
8472Java package is a grouping mechanism with the purpose of - packages in Java are simply a mechanism used to organize classes and prevent class name collisions
84731015.
8474In HTTP, which method gets the resource as specified in the URI - GET
8475
8476
84771016.
8478In SQL, which command is used to issue multiple CREATE TABLE, CREATE VIEW and GRANT statements in a single transaction?
8479CREATE SCHEMA
84801017.
8481Which one of these lists contains only Java programming language keywords?
8482
84831018.
8484Which of the following is the right syntax for assertion?
8485Create assertion ‘assertion-name’ check ‘predicate’;
84861019.
8487Which of these is Server side technology?
84881020.
8489Which of these interface abstractes the output of messages from httpd?
8490LogMessage
84911021.
8492The C++ language is
84931022.
8494. Flash Memory is increasingly being used in server systems to improve performance by caching frequently used data, since it provides faster access than disk, with larger storage capacity than main memory.
84951023.
8496Passing the request from one schema to another in DBMS architecture is called as Mapping
84971024.
8498Where in an HTML document is the correct place to refer to an external style sheet?
8499In the <head> section
85001025.
8501Which method is used to remove the first element of an Array object?
8502shift()
85031026.
8504Changing the conceptual schema without having to change the external schema is called as Data Independency
85051027.
8506What does the following bit of JavaScript print out?
8507var a = [1,,3,4,5];
8508console.log([a[4], a[1], a[5]]);
8509Output - 5,null,indefined
85101028.
8511 Creating a B Tree index for your database has to specify in DDL.
85121029.
8513Which one of the following statements is NOT correct about HTTP cookies?
8514Answer - A cookies is a piece of code that has the potential to compromise the security of an Internet user
85151030.
8516The following HTML attribute is used to specify the URL of the html document to be opened when a hyperlink is clicked.
8517HREF
85181031.
8519HTTP is implemented over TCP
85201032.
8521If the directive session.cookie_lifetime is set to 3600, the cookie will live until 3600 seconds
85221033.
8523AJAX made popular by Google
85241034.
8525How to create a Date object in JavaScript?
8526dateObjectName = new Date([parameters])
8527
8528
8529
85301035.
8531
8532Output------?
8533
85341036.
8535Choose the correct HTML tag to make a text italic
8536<i>
8537
85381037.
8539table {color: blue;}
8540With the above code snippet in use, what happens to a table?
8541The text inside the table would be colored blue.
85421038.
8543What sever support AJAX ?
85441039.
8545What does the XMLHttpRequest object accomplish in Ajax?
8546It provides the ability to asynchronously exchange data between Web browsers and a Web server.
8547
85481040.
8549Which Web browser is the least optimized for Microsoft's version of AJAX?
8550Safari
85511041.
8552Which one of these technologies is NOT used in AJAX?
8553Flash
85541042.
8555When a user views a page containing a JavaScript program, which machine actually executes the script?
8556The User’s machine running the web browser
85571043.
8558A graphical HTML browser resident at a network client machine Q accesses a static HTML webpage from a HTTP server S. The static HTML page has exactly one static embedded image which is also at S. Assuming no caching, which one of the following is correct about the HTML webpage loading (including the embedded image)?
8559Q needs to send at least 2 HTTP requests to S, but a single TCP connection to server S is sufficient
85601044.
8561How does servlet differ from CGI?
8562Light weight process
85631045.
8564What does JSP stand for?
8565Java Server Pages
85661046.
8567Which of these is a stand alone tag?
8568<img> <br>
85691047.
8570If you don’t want the frame windows to be resizeable, simply add what to the lines ?
8571noresize
85721048.
8573<a> and </a> are the tags used for ?
8574Adding links to your page
8575
8576• 801 ,807 ,820 ,829 ,830 ,834 ,837 Missing due to incomplete question /options.
8577
8578802. DNS
8579
8580803. pattern.test(text)
8581
8582804. RAID 4, RAID 5
8583
8584805.[^…]
8585
8586806.7
8587
8588808.JOIN
8589
8590809.Encryption: X’s private key followed by Y’s public key; Decryption: Y’s private key followed by X’s public key
8591
8592810.N(N – 1)/2
8593
8594811.1Mb
8595
8596812.Match zero or more characters that are not open paranthesis
8597
8598813.P contains the address of an element in DATA.
8599
8600814. The definition of a view should not have GROUP BY clause in it.
8601
8602815. Multiple characters
8603
8604816. EXISTS
8605
8606817.5
8607
8608818.block HTTP traffic during 9:00PM and 5:00AM
8609
8610819.Matches the letter b preceded by the fewest number of a’s possible
8611
8612821.DMA is useful for transferring large quantities of data between memory and devices. It eliminates the need for the CPU to be involved in the transfer, allowing the transfer to complete more quickly and the CPU to perform other tasks concurrently
8613
8614822.
8615It matches “java†followed by the optional “scriptâ€
8616
8617
8618823.Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)
8619
8620824.treelike structure
8621
8622
8623825.In a row of a relational table, an attribute can have more than one value
8624826. 5
8625827.Define subpatterns within the complete pattern
8626828.Jabbering
8627831.fragmentation
8628832.mutual exclusion , a process may hold allocated resources while awaiting assignment of other resources , no resource can be forcibly removed from a process holding it
8629833.replace()
8630835.Uses ordinary memory to store the display data in character form
8631836.129.11.11.239
8632838.same
8633
8634839.Returns [“123″,â€456″,â€789â€]
8635840. Telnet
8636
8637841.3
8638
8639842.functional modularisation
8640
8641843. 384
8642
8643844.
8644Returns the same kind of array whether or not the regular expression has the global g flag.
8645
8646845.the projection operation in relational algebra, except that select in SQL retains duplicates
8647
8648846.Berkeley Software Distribution
8649
8650847.setTimeout()
8651
8652848.double
8653
8654849..Either S1 or S2
8655
8656850.The instruction set architecture